[Koha-patches] [PATCH] Complete sweep of help files in order to correct invalid markup and fix Bug 2444(break up long lines in templates)

Owen Leonard oleonard at myacpl.org
Fri Aug 1 16:09:26 CEST 2008


---
 .../intranet-tmpl/prog/en/includes/help-top.inc    |   23 +++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/acqui/acqui-home.tmpl     |   18 ++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/acqui/basket.tmpl         |   21 ++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/acqui/newbiblio.tmpl      |    4 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/acqui/neworderempty.tmpl  |   12 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/acqui/orderreceive.tmpl   |   23 ++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/acqui/parcels.tmpl        |   33 ++++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/acqui/supplier.tmpl       |   44 +++++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/admin/admin-home.tmpl     |   11 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/admin/aqbookfund.tmpl     |   11 +-
 .../help/admin/auth_subfields_structure.tmpl       |    1 +
 .../en/modules/help/admin/authorised_values.tmpl   |  142 ++++++++++++++++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/admin/authtypes.tmpl      |   44 +++++-
 .../en/modules/help/admin/biblio_framework.tmpl    |    5 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/admin/branches.tmpl       |    8 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/admin/categorie.tmpl      |   34 ++++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/admin/checkmarc.tmpl      |    9 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/admin/cities.tmpl         |   22 ++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/admin/classsources.tmpl   |   41 ++++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/admin/currency.tmpl       |    1 +
 .../prog/en/modules/help/admin/itemtypes.tmpl      |   42 +++++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/admin/koha2marclinks.tmpl |    1 +
 .../help/admin/marc_subfields_structure.tmpl       |    1 +
 .../en/modules/help/admin/marctagstructure.tmpl    |    1 +
 .../en/modules/help/admin/patron-attr-types.tmpl   |   34 ++++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/admin/printers.tmpl       |    1 +
 .../prog/en/modules/help/admin/roadtype.tmpl       |   18 ++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/admin/smart-rules.tmpl    |   27 +++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/admin/stopwords.tmpl      |    1 +
 .../en/modules/help/admin/systempreferences.tmpl   |   23 +++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/admin/z3950servers.tmpl   |    1 +
 .../prog/en/modules/help/bull/bull-home.tmpl       |    5 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/bull/statecollection.tmpl |    5 +-
 .../en/modules/help/bull/subscription-add.tmpl     |    2 +-
 .../en/modules/help/bull/subscription-detail.tmpl  |    2 +-
 .../en/modules/help/catalogue/issuehistory.tmpl    |   10 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/catalogue/moredetail.tmpl |   10 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/catalogue/search.tmpl     |   72 ++++++++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/cataloguing/addbooks.tmpl |    3 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/cataloguing/additem.tmpl  |   10 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/circ/billing.tmpl         |    9 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/circ/branchoverdues.tmpl  |   11 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/circ/branchtransfers.tmpl |   23 +++-
 .../en/modules/help/circ/circulation-home.tmpl     |    3 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/circ/circulation.tmpl     |   20 +--
 .../prog/en/modules/help/circ/overdue.tmpl         |   12 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/circ/pendingreserves.tmpl |   18 ++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/circ/reserveratios.tmpl   |    9 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/circ/returns.tmpl         |   11 +-
 .../en/modules/help/circ/selectbranchprinter.tmpl  |   36 ++++-
 .../en/modules/help/circ/transferstoreceive.tmpl   |   15 ++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/circ/view_holdsqueue.tmpl |   17 ++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/circ/waitingreserves.tmpl |    8 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/labels/label-home.tmpl    |    6 +-
 .../en/modules/help/labels/label-profiles.tmpl     |    1 +
 .../prog/en/modules/help/mainpage.tmpl             |   14 ++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/members/boraccount.tmpl   |   38 ++++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/members/mancredit.tmpl    |   12 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/members/maninvoice.tmpl   |   14 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/members/member-flags.tmpl |   39 ++++-
 .../en/modules/help/members/member-password.tmpl   |   17 ++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/members/memberentry.tmpl  |  176 +++++++++++++++++++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/members/members-home.tmpl |   16 ++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/members/messaging.tmpl    |   18 ++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/members/moremember.tmpl   |   13 ++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/members/pay.tmpl          |   20 ++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/members/readingrec.tmpl   |   20 ++-
 .../modules/help/reports/acquisitions_stats.tmpl   |   16 ++-
 .../en/modules/help/reports/bor_issues_top.tmpl    |   19 ++-
 .../en/modules/help/reports/borrowers_out.tmpl     |   14 +-
 .../en/modules/help/reports/borrowers_stats.tmpl   |   31 +++-
 .../en/modules/help/reports/cat_issues_top.tmpl    |   20 ++-
 .../en/modules/help/reports/catalogue_out.tmpl     |   18 ++-
 .../en/modules/help/reports/catalogue_stats.tmpl   |   25 +++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/reports/dictionary.tmpl   |   42 +++++-
 .../en/modules/help/reports/guided_reports.tmpl    |   57 ++++++-
 .../en/modules/help/reports/issues_avg_stats.tmpl  |   15 ++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/reports/issues_stats.tmpl |   14 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/reports/itemslost.tmpl    |   20 ++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/reports/manager.tmpl      |   25 +++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/reports/reports-home.tmpl |   14 ++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/reserve/request.tmpl      |   38 ++++-
 .../en/modules/help/reviews/reviewswaiting.tmpl    |   29 +++-
 .../en/modules/help/serials/checkexpiration.tmpl   |   22 ++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/serials/claims.tmpl       |   18 ++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/serials/serials-edit.tmpl |   16 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/serials/serials-home.tmpl |   15 ++-
 .../en/modules/help/serials/subscription-add.tmpl  |   91 +++++++----
 .../en/modules/help/suggestion/acceptorreject.tmpl |   16 ++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/tools/cleanborrowers.tmpl |   22 +++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/tools/holidays.tmpl       |   48 +++++-
 .../en/modules/help/tools/import_borrowers.tmpl    |   32 ++++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/tools/inventory.tmpl      |    4 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/tools/koha-news.tmpl      |   20 ++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/tools/letter.tmpl         |   58 ++++++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/tools/overduerules.tmpl   |   66 +++++++-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/tools/picture-upload.tmpl |   56 ++++++-
 .../en/modules/help/tools/stage-marc-import.tmpl   |    1 +
 .../prog/en/modules/help/tools/tools-home.tmpl     |    9 +-
 .../prog/en/modules/help/tools/viewlog.tmpl        |   21 ++-
 .../en/modules/help/virtualshelves/shelves.tmpl    |   26 +++-
 101 files changed, 1999 insertions(+), 311 deletions(-)

diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/includes/help-top.inc
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/includes/help-top.inc
index 0d50c5c..34a9113 100755
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/includes/help-top.inc
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/includes/help-top.inc
@@ -1,6 +1,27 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="doc-head-open.inc" -->
 <title>Online Help</title>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="doc-head-close.inc" -->
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
+<link rel="shortcut icon" href="<!-- TMPL_VAR NAME="themelang"
-->/includes/favicon.ico" type="image/x-icon" />
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" media="print" href="<!--
TMPL_VAR name="themelang" -->/css/print.css" />
+<!-- TMPL_IF name="intranetstylesheet" -->
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="<!-- TMPL_VAR
NAME="intranetstylesheet" -->" />
+<!-- TMPL_ELSE -->
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="<!-- TMPL_VAR
NAME="themelang" -->/css/staff-global.css" />
+<!-- /TMPL_IF -->
+<script type="text/javascript" src="<!-- TMPL_VAR name="themelang"
-->/lib/jquery/jquery.js"></script>
+<!-- local colors -->
+<!-- TMPL_IF name="intranetcolorstylesheet" -->
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="<!-- TMPL_VAR
NAME="themelang" -->/css/<!-- TMPL_VAR NAME="intranetcolorstylesheet"
-->" />
+<!-- /TMPL_IF -->
+<!-- yui js -->
+<script type="text/javascript" src="<!-- TMPL_VAR NAME="yuipath"
-->/utilities/utilities.js"></script>
+<!-- TMPL_IF NAME="CircAutocompl" --><script type="text/javascript"
src="<!-- TMPL_VAR NAME="yuipath"
-->/autocomplete/autocomplete-min.js"></script> <!-- /TMPL_IF -->
+<script type="text/javascript" src="<!-- TMPL_VAR NAME="yuipath"
-->/button/button-min.js"></script>
+<script type="text/javascript" src="<!-- TMPL_VAR NAME="yuipath"
-->/container/container_core-min.js"></script>
+<script type="text/javascript" src="<!-- TMPL_VAR NAME="yuipath"
-->/menu/menu-min.js"></script>
+<!-- koha core js -->
+<script type="text/javascript" src="<!-- TMPL_VAR name="themelang"
-->/js/staff-global.js"></script>
+
 <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="<!-- TMPL_VAR
NAME="themelang" -->/css/help.css" />
 </head>
 <body id="help">
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/acqui-home.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/acqui-home.tmpl
index 9cf439c..c9b1368 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/acqui-home.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/acqui-home.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,17 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
- <h1>Acquisitions Help</h1><h2>What is Acquisitions? </h2>  <p>The
Koha Acquisitions module provides a way where the library can record
orders placed with vendors and manage purchase budgets.</p><p>You do
not need to use Acquisitions to add items to your catalogue. If you do
not want to track orders and budget expenditure, then use the
<strong>&quot;Add MARC&quot; </strong>feature in <strong>Cataloging
</strong>to add new bibliographic and item records.</p>  <h2>How to
place an order? </h2>  <p>To place an order, the first step is to
locate your Vendor (supplier). If no Vendor exists, you will need to
create one. Once you have a Vendor you can place an order.</p><h2>What
needs to be setup to use Acquisitions?</h2>  <p>To make the most of
acquisitions the following needs to be setup under <strong>System
Administration</strong></p> <ul>   <li><strong>Budgets and
Funds</strong> - &quot;Funds&quot; are used to group
&quot;Budgets&quot;. For example a Fund may be called &quot;General
Stack&quot;, and will have a &quot;Budget&quot; which records the
amount availalbe to spend during the period of the budget. A budget
must have a start and end date. </li>   <li><strong>Exchange Rates
(optional)- </strong>If making purchases in overseas currency, the
exchange rate will need to be set realtive to your local currency.
Remember that your local currency should be set to 1.00<br
/><strong>NOTE: Exchanges Rates need to be updated manually. <br
/></strong></li>   <li><strong>Vendor(s) - </strong>These are the
entities where items are purchased, or donated from. Orders are placed
with Vendors.</li> </ul>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Acquisitions Help</h1>
+
+<h2>What is Acquisitions?</h2>
+<p>The Koha Acquisitions module provides a way where the library can
record orders placed with vendors and manage purchase budgets.</p>
+<p>You do not need to use Acquisitions to add items to your
catalogue. If you do not want to track orders and budget expenditure,
then use the <strong>&quot;Add MARC&quot; </strong>feature in
<strong>Cataloging </strong>to add new bibliographic and item
records.</p>
+
+<h2>How to place an order?</h2>
+
+<p>To place an order, the first step is to locate your Vendor
(supplier). If no Vendor exists, you will need to create one. Once you
have a Vendor you can place an order.</p><h2>What needs to be setup to
use Acquisitions?</h2>
+<p>To make the most of acquisitions the following needs to be setup
under <strong>System Administration</strong></p>
+	<ul>
+		<li><strong>Budgets and Funds</strong> - &quot;Funds&quot; are used
to group &quot;Budgets&quot;. For example a Fund may be called
&quot;General Stack&quot;, and will have a &quot;Budget&quot; which
records the amount availalbe to spend during the period of the budget.
A budget must have a start and end date.</li>
+		<li><strong>Exchange Rates (optional)- </strong>If making purchases
in overseas currency, the exchange rate will need to be set realtive
to your local currency. Remember that your local currency should be
set to 1.00<br/><strong>NOTE: Exchanges Rates need to be updated
manually.</strong></li>
+		<li><strong>Vendor(s) - </strong>These are the entities where items
are purchased, or donated from. Orders are placed with Vendors.</li>
+	</ul><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/basket.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/basket.tmpl
index c993675..5b7799a 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/basket.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/basket.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,20 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
- <h1>Placing an Order Help</h1><h2>What is a Basket and Order?</h2>
<p>A Basket is used to group a set of order lines. An order is placed
for an individual item. </p><p>An Order can have multiple copies/units
placed against it.&nbsp; A Basket can have multiple Orders.</p>
<h2>How do I add Items to an Order?</h2><ol><li><strong>From an
existing record -</strong> Use the search to locate the bibliographic
record of the item that you wish to order more copies of.
</li><li><strong>From A Suggestion - </strong>view suggestions placed
by Patrons and add to the item to the basket. </li><li><strong>From a
new (empty) record - </strong>If you know that the item is not in the
library already, then create a new record from scratch.
</li></ol><h3>TIP: Always check your Cataloge first </h3>  <p>It is
highly advisable that you get in the habit of checking the cataloge
first before placing an order for a new item. This saves unnecessary
duplicate bibliographic records in your database and any need to
merge/deduplicate records.</p>  <h2>Do I have to &quot;Close&quot; a
Basket?</h2>  <p>No, this is not necessary, you will still be able to
mark items received without closing a basket.&nbsp; Closing a basket
is good practice for keeping track of late orders which is discussed
in this manual.</p>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Placing an Order Help</h1>
+
+<h2>What is a Basket and Order?</h2>
+<p>A Basket is used to group a set of order lines. An order is placed
for an individual item.</p>
+<p>An Order can have multiple copies/units placed against it.  A
Basket can have multiple Orders.</p>
+
+<h2>How do I add Items to an Order?</h2>
+	<ol>
+		<li><strong>From an existing record -</strong> Use the search to
locate the bibliographic record of the item that you wish to order
more copies of.</li>
+		<li><strong>From A Suggestion - </strong>view suggestions placed by
Patrons and add to the item to the basket.</li>
+		<li><strong>From a new (empty) record - </strong>If you know that
the item is not in the library already, then create a new record from
scratch.</li>
+	</ol>
+	
+	<h3>TIP: Always check your Catalog first </h3>
+<p>It is highly advisable that you get in the habit of checking the
catalog first before placing an order for a new item. This saves
unnecessary duplicate bibliographic records in your database and any
need to merge/deduplicate records.</p>
+
+<h2>Do I have to &quot;Close&quot; a Basket?</h2>
+<p>No, this is not necessary, you will still be able to mark items
received without closing a basket.  Closing a basket is good practice
for keeping track of late orders which is discussed in this
manual.</p><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/newbiblio.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/newbiblio.tmpl
index 494445d..c79a2ee 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/newbiblio.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/newbiblio.tmpl
@@ -2,6 +2,4 @@

 <h1>Add Bibliographic Record</h1>

-<p>Sorting Field 1 and Sorting Field 2 may now be related to a list
of Authorized Values. All you have to do is define an Asort1 or Asort2
category of authorised values and enter the desired values into these
categories. You will then be able to use them through Add/Modify
Bibliographic Record page</p>
-
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE name="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
+<p>Sorting Field 1 and Sorting Field 2 may now be related to a list
of Authorized Values. All you have to do is define an Asort1 or Asort2
category of authorised values and enter the desired values into these
categories. You will then be able to use them through Add/Modify
Bibliographic Record page</p><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE name="help-bottom.inc"
-->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/neworderempty.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/neworderempty.tmpl
index 4cc5de4..b2ff5c9 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/neworderempty.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/neworderempty.tmpl
@@ -1,18 +1,18 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
- <h1>Order Details Help</h1><h2>What is the &quot;Vendor Price&quot;?</h2>

+<h1>Order Details Help</h1>
+
+<h2>What is the &quot;Vendor Price&quot;?</h2>
 <p>The vendor price is the price given to you by the vendor,
sometimes called the &quot;List Price&quot;. Depdending on how the
Vendor is setup this may or maynot include any discount given to you
by the vendor and/or any sales tax. See Vendors for more
information.</p>

 <h2>What is the &quot;Replacement Price&quot;?</h2>
-
 <p>The replacement price is the total cost of what it would cost to
replace the item if you had to purchase the item retail at recommended
retail. This is the amount that a patron could be charged if item is
lost or damaged beyond repair.</p>

 <h2>What is the &quot;Budgeted Price&quot;?</h2>
-
 <p>This is the price you expect to pay for the item, including any
discount and any relevant sales tax (depending on the vendor setup)
and is the amount that will be charged to your <strong>Commited
budget</strong>.</p>

 <h2>What is the &quot;Actual Price&quot;?</h2>
+<p>This is the price that shows on the invoice or packing slip when
you receive the item. When placing an order, Koha will automatically
calculate this for you. When an item is received, this can be over
keyed with the actual value. This is to take into account any slight
differences in rounding or price flutucations between ordering the
item and actually recieving it.</p>
+<p>The Actual price is what is committed to your <strong>Spent
budget</strong>.</p>

-<p>This is the price that shows on the invoice or packing slip when
you receive the item. When placing an order, Koha will automatically
calculate this for you. When an item is received, this can be over
keyed with the actual value. This is to take into account any slight
differences in rounding or price flutucations between ordering the
item and actually recieving it.</p><p>The Actual price is what is
committed to your <strong>Spent budget</strong>.</p>
-
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE name="help-bottom.inc" -->
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE name="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/orderreceive.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/orderreceive.tmpl
index b9b124b..54b5916 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/orderreceive.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/orderreceive.tmpl
@@ -1,10 +1,21 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
- <h1>Receiving Orders Help</h1><h2>How do I receive items that have
arrived?</h2>

-<p>Firstly, check the catalogue details that you are recieiving the
right item. If these are correct, you can add the&nbsp; item
details.</p><p>For each item you will need to check the
following:</p><ul><li><strong>Volume/Copy </strong>for
Serails</li><li><strong>Item Barcode</strong> scan or enter the
barcode that has been assigned to the item</li><li><strong>Home
Library </strong>choose the home library/branch for the item from the
drop down list</li><li><strong>Item Type </strong>choose the item type
from the drop down. </li></ul>
+<h1>Receiving Orders Help</h1>

-<h2>How do I receive multiple identical items?</h2>
+<h2>How do I receive items that have arrived?</h2>
+<p>Firstly, check the catalogue details that you are recieiving the
right item. If these are correct, you can add the  item details.</p>
+<p>For each item you will need to check the following:</p>
+	<ul>
+		<li><strong>Volume/Copy </strong>for Serials</li>
+		<li><strong>Item Barcode</strong> scan or enter the barcode that
has been assigned to the item</li>
+		<li><strong>Home Library </strong>choose the home library/branch
for the item from the drop down list</li>
+		<li><strong>Item Type </strong>choose the item type from the drop down.</li>
+	</ul>
+	
+	<h2>How do I receive multiple identical items?</h2>
+<p>If you have ordered multiple copies of the same item, then use the
&quot;+&quot; to bring up another <strong>Item Details</strong> input
fieldset.</p>
+<p>For each copy you will need to set that Item Barcode, Home Library
and Item Type.</p>
+<p>Each time you add a new item, the <strong>Quantity
Received</strong> under <strong>Accounting Details</strong> should be
updated.</p>
+<p>If you press the &quot;+&quot; by mistake, use the &quot;-&quot;
button to remove the unwanted Item Details <strong>input fieldset
</strong></p>

-<p>If you have ordered multiple copies of the same item, then use the
&quot;+&quot; to bring up another <strong>Item Details</strong> input
fieldset.</p><p>For each copy you will need to set that Item Barce,
Home Library and Item Type.</p><p>Each time you add a new item, the
<strong>Quantity Received</strong> under <strong>Accounting
Details</strong> should be updated.</p><p>If you press the
&quot;+&quot; by mistake, use the &quot;-&quot; button to remove the
unwanted Item Details <strong>input fieldset </strong></p>
-
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE name="help-bottom.inc" -->
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE name="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/parcels.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/parcels.tmpl
index 364bef2..f7b2edd 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/parcels.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/parcels.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,30 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<font size="4" id="bfed"><strong>Receiving Orders</strong></font><br
/><br />After your orders have been entered into the system and sent
off to the vendors, you will need to mark them received.<br /><br
/><br /><ul><li>You must first pick a vendor </li><li>After searching
for a vendor you will see all open orders on a summary page</li><li>To
receive an order click 'Receive order' (link) or 'Receive Parcel'
(button) </li><li>Enter the invoice number is 'Vendor invoice' and the
shipment date in 'Shipment date'</li><li>Click 'Save'</li><li>You'll
need to choose which items arrived in this shipment</li><li>Either
search by title or ISBN or click 'Receive order' next to the item
you'd like to mark as received</li><li>Be sure to update the 'Quantity
received' as well as any other information you need for your
records<ul><li><span style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: To add
another received item, click the '+' (plus) icon at the bottom
left.&nbsp; If you add too many click the '-' (minus) to the right of
the '+' (plus)</span></li></ul></li><li>Click 'Save'</li><li>You will
now see the received items in the summary of 'Items in this
shipment'</li><li>When you've added all of the items to your shipment
you can browse away from the page.<ul><li>To make edits to your
shipment return to Acquisitions and search for the vendor in question.
</li><li>Click the 'Receive Parcel' button</li><li>Your previous
orders will be searchable and editable from here</li></ul></li></ul>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Receiving Orders</h1>
+
+<p>After your orders have been entered into the system and sent off
to the vendors, you will need to mark them received.</p>
+
+		<ul>
+			<li>You must first pick a vendor</li>
+			<li>After searching for a vendor you will see all open orders on a
summary page</li>
+			<li>To receive an order click 'Receive order' (link) or 'Receive
Parcel' (button)</li>
+			<li>Enter the invoice number is 'Vendor invoice' and the shipment
date in 'Shipment date'</li>
+			<li>Click 'Save'</li>
+			<li>You'll need to choose which items arrived in this shipment</li>
+			<li>Either search by title or ISBN or click 'Receive order' next
to the item you'd like to mark as received</li>
+			<li>Be sure to update the 'Quantity received' as well as any other
information you need for your records
+			<ul>
+				<li>
+			    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: To add another received item, click the '+' (plus) icon at the
bottom left.  If you add too many click the '-' (minus) to the right
of the '+' (plus)</span></li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>Click 'Save'</li>
+			<li>You will now see the received items in the summary of 'Items
in this shipment'</li>
+			<li>When you've added all of the items to your shipment you can
browse away from the page.
+			<ul>
+				<li>To make edits to your shipment return to Acquisitions and
search for the vendor in question.</li>
+				<li>Click the 'Receive Parcel' button</li>
+				<li>Your previous orders will be searchable and editable from here</li>
+			</ul></li>
+		</ul>
+	</div>	<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/supplier.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/supplier.tmpl
index fcf133b..bc169d1 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/supplier.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/acqui/supplier.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,43 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<font size="2" id="k-rz"><font size="4" id="tkm4"><strong>Creating a
vendor</strong></font></font><br />      <br />   <ul><li>     Search
for the vendor you want by using the 'Vendor Search' at the top.
</li><li>     If 'no results found', click on 'New Vendor'.</li><li>
  Enter the contact information for your vendor <ul><li><span
style="background-color: #ffff99">TIP: Only the 'Company Name' is
required but the more contact information you provide, the easier it
will be to contact vendors when
necessary</span></li></ul></li><li>Enter additional infomration for
your vendor<ul><li>Active/Inactive <br />   <ul><li>Orders can only be
placed against Active vendors.</li><li><span style="background-color:
#ffe599">TIP: Mark vendors inactive if you no longer order from them
or if they merged with another vendor, but you want to keep the data
of your orders with them</span></li></ul></li><li>Preferred
publishers<br />   <ul><li>This is for information only and is a space
where you can record what the vendor sells</li></ul></li><li>List
Prices/Invoice Prices <br />   <ul><li>If using multiple currencies
you will need to pick which currency the totals are in when listed by
the vendor and on the invoice. </li><li><span style="background-color:
#ffe599">TIP: Some vendors will list the prices in their own currency,
but bill in your currency</span></li></ul></li><li>Discount <br />
<ul><li>Some vendors will offer a blanket discount to all orders
placed with them, this will be calculated from their list
price.</li></ul></li><li>Notes<ul><li>Include any notes that you may
want to record for internal purposes.</li></ul></li></ul></li></ul>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Creating a vendor</h1>
+
+	<ul>
+		<li>Search for the vendor you want by using the 'Vendor Search' at
the top.</li>
+		<li>If 'no results found', click on 'New Vendor'.</li>
+		<li>Enter the contact information for your vendor
+		<ul>
+			<li>
+		    <span style="background-color: #ffff99">
+TIP: Only the 'Company Name' is required but the more contact
information you provide, the easier it will be to contact vendors when
necessary</span></li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>Enter additional infomration for your vendor
+		<ul>
+			<li>Active/Inactive<br/>
+			<ul>
+				<li>Orders can only be placed against Active vendors.</li>
+				<li>
+			    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: Mark vendors inactive if you no longer order from them or if
they merged with another vendor, but you want to keep the data of your
orders with them</span></li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>Preferred publishers<br/>
+			<ul>
+				<li>This is for information only and is a space where you can
record what the vendor sells</li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>List Prices/Invoice Prices<br/>
+			<ul>
+				<li>If using multiple currencies you will need to pick which
currency the totals are in when listed by the vendor and on the
invoice.</li>
+				<li>
+			    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: Some vendors will list the prices in their own currency, but
bill in your currency</span></li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>Discount<br/>
+			<ul>
+				<li>Some vendors will offer a blanket discount to all orders
placed with them, this will be calculated from their list price.</li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>Notes
+			<ul>
+				<li>Include any notes that you may want to record for internal
purposes.</li>
+			</ul></li>
+		</ul></li>
+	</ul><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/admin-home.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/admin-home.tmpl
index be174e6..0d50ad3 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/admin-home.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/admin-home.tmpl
@@ -1,15 +1,16 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->

-<h1>Administration Help</h1><h2>How to configure Koha?</h2>
+<h1>Administration Help</h1>

+<h2>How to configure Koha?</h2>
 <p>There are two parts to the System Administration in Koha.</p>

 <h3>System Preferences</h3>
-
-<p>Koha has an extensive set of system preferences. The system
preferences control all the various features within Koha and whether
they are active in your install or not. System preferences are
generally set once at install and then not changed.</p><p>If&nbsp; you
are not sure what combination of system preferences to use, try using
one of the sample profiles at install. Note: many preferences interact
with each other. Turning on one system preference may require that
others are also set.</p>
+<p>Koha has an extensive set of system preferences. The system
preferences control all the various features within Koha and whether
they are active in your install or not. System preferences are
generally set once at install and then not changed.</p>
+<p>If  you are not sure what combination of system preferences to
use, try using one of the sample profiles at install. Note: many
preferences interact with each other. Turning on one system preference
may require that others are also set.</p>

 <h3>System Parameters</h3>
-
-<p>System parameters is where library policies are set and governed.
It is best to set your system preferences, and then to work through
the Parameters in the order that they appear on this page.</p><p>Note
not all system parameters are required to be set. For exampe if you do
not plan to use budget based acquisitions, then Accounts and Budgets,
Currencies and Exchange Rates can be ignored. For more detail, see the
Koha Wiki (wiki.koha.org) and KohaDocs (www.kohadocs.org).</p>
+<p>System parameters is where library policies are set and governed.
It is best to set your system preferences, and then to work through
the Parameters in the order that they appear on this page.</p>
+<p>Note not all system parameters are required to be set. For example
if you do not plan to use budget based acquisitions, then Accounts and
Budgets, Currencies and Exchange Rates can be ignored. For more
detail, see the Koha Wiki (wiki.koha.org) and KohaDocs
(www.kohadocs.org).</p>

 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE name="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/aqbookfund.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/aqbookfund.tmpl
index dddcbe8..0097268 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/aqbookfund.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/aqbookfund.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,10 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h1>Fund Administration</h1>  <p>The first time you access this page,
you will be asked to add your first fund -- thereafter you will also
have the option of editing and deleting funds.</p>  <p>Funds may be
ignored if you are setting your System Preferences to
&quot;simple&quot; acquisitions: the funds are only useful when using
&quot;normal&quot; acquisitions.</p>  <p>&quot;Funds&quot; are
accounts that you establish to keep track of your expenditures for
library materials. They may be used for any kind of material and
should match the lines in your materials budget. For instance, if your
library establishes a budget line for books, another for audiovisual
materials, a third line for magazines, and a fourth budget line for
electronic databases, then you would have four funds.</p>  <p>Each
fund has a unique fund code, limited to no more than five characters,
that identifies it. You should decide on your fund codes (e.g.
something like BOOKS, AV, MAGS, DATA for the four funds described
above) and enter the code in the &quot;fund&quot; box, then a full
name in the &quot;Name&quot; box.</p>  <p>Once you have set up a fund,
you will see a link to a page for setting up the fund budget. Here you
will enter the beginning and ending dates of your budget year and the
amount of money in that particular budget line. Do not use any kind of
currency notation (like &quot;$&quot;) or commas when entering the
number. (Commas will be converted to decimal points.) </p><p>NOTE:
Your dates will not save correctly unless you have set your date
format in the System Preferences section of the Parameters page -- DO
THIS BEFORE setting budgets.)</p>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Fund Administration</h1>
+
+<p>The first time you access this page, you will be asked to add your
first fund -- thereafter you will also have the option of editing and
deleting funds.</p>
+<p>Funds may be ignored if you are setting your System Preferences to
&quot;simple&quot; acquisitions: the funds are only useful when using
&quot;normal&quot; acquisitions.</p>
+<p>&quot;Funds&quot; are accounts that you establish to keep track of
your expenditures for library materials. They may be used for any kind
of material and should match the lines in your materials budget. For
instance, if your library establishes a budget line for books, another
for audiovisual materials, a third line for magazines, and a fourth
budget line for electronic databases, then you would have four
funds.</p>
+<p>Each fund has a unique fund code, limited to no more than five
characters, that identifies it. You should decide on your fund codes
(e.g. something like BOOKS, AV, MAGS, DATA for the four funds
described above) and enter the code in the &quot;fund&quot; box, then
a full name in the &quot;Name&quot; box.</p>
+<p>Once you have set up a fund, you will see a link to a page for
setting up the fund budget. Here you will enter the beginning and
ending dates of your budget year and the amount of money in that
particular budget line. Do not use any kind of currency notation (like
&quot;$&quot;) or commas when entering the number. (Commas will be
converted to decimal points.)</p>
+<p>NOTE: Your dates will not save correctly unless you have set your
date format in the System Preferences section of the Parameters page
-- DO THIS BEFORE setting budgets.)</p><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE
NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/auth_subfields_structure.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/auth_subfields_structure.tmpl
index ac92da0..0054639 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/auth_subfields_structure.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/auth_subfields_structure.tmpl
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->

 <h1>MARC tag structure administration</h1>
+
 <p>Koha allows you to specify which MARC tags you want to use and
which you want to ignore. When you downloaded and installed Koha, you
also got the entire list of MARC21 tags and subfields in current use.
Now you need to use the administration page to edit this list and tell
Koha which tags you want to use and how you want to use them.</p>
 <p>You can define as the marc tag structure for each biblio framework
you have defined</p>

diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/authorised_values.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/authorised_values.tmpl
index b8f666c..576cfb3 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/authorised_values.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/authorised_values.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,141 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h1>Authorized values management</h1> <p>Koha allows you to restrict
the values that catalogers can place in some MARC subfields to certain
pre-defined &quot;authorized&quot; values. These authorized values are
defined here.</p>   <ul> <li>HINT : if a subfield is non mandatory,
Koha automatically adds an empty value to the authorised value list,
that is selected by default. If the subfield is mandatory, no empty
value is added (and you should NOT add it in the list, as it's an
illegal value !)</li> <li>HINT2 : in the MARC editor, the list is
ordered by Text, NOT by value. So you can define a default value by
putting a space before the value you want to see first. For example,
if your list is related to language, you can set &quot;ENG&quot; as
authorised value and &quot; English&quot; as text. The space will
order &quot;ENG&quot; as first default value, and the space won't be
shown (because HTML automatically discard useless spaces). Super hint
: you can put a value 1st with N spaces, then another one 2nd with N-1
space,..., a value in Nth position with 1 space. Don't abuse of this
feature, it's easier to find a value in an alphabetical order. It
should be used only to have a default value</li> </ul> <p>Koha
automatically sets up authorized value categories for your item types
and branch codes, and you can link these authorised values to MARC
subfields when you set up your MARC tag structure.</p><p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3 id="oz:v"> &quot;Why would I want to define authorized values for
MARC tags?</h3> <p id="lo9n">Authorized Values create a 'controlled
vocabulary' for your staff. As an example, let us assume that your
Koha installation is used by several libraries, and you use MARC 21.
You might want to restrict the 850a MARC subfield to the institution
codes for just those libraries. In that case, you could define an
authorized values category (perhaps called &quot;INST&quot;) and enter
the institution codes as the authorized values for that category.</p>
<br /> <span style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: Koha automatically
sets up authorized value categories for your item types and branch
codes, and you can link these authorized values to MARC subfields when
you set up your MARC tag structure</span>.<br /> <br /> <font size="4"
id="q9uy1"><strong>Existing Authorized Values</strong></font><br /><br
/>Koha comes with several other categories and pre-defined values your
library is likely to use, for instance 'Lost'.<br /><br
/><ul><li>Asort1<ul><li>attached to acquisitions, that can be used for
stats purposes</li></ul></li><li>Asort2<ul><li>attached to
acquisitions, that can be used for stats
purposes</li></ul></li><li>Bsort1<ul><li>attached to patrons, that can
be used for stats purposes</li></ul></li><li>Bsort2<ul><li>attached to
patrons, that can be used for stats
purposes</li></ul></li><li>CCODE<ul><li>collection code (appears when
editing at item) </li></ul></li><li>DAMAGED<ul><li>descriptions for
items marked as damaged (appears when editing an
item)</li></ul></li><li>HINGS_AS<ul><li><span style="color:
#000000">holdings coded value </span><strong style="color:
#0000ff">??</strong></li></ul></li><li>HINGS_C<ul><li><span
style="color: #000000">holdings coded value </span><strong
style="color: #0000ff">??</strong>
</li></ul></li><li>HINGS_PF<ul><li><span style="color:
#000000">holdings coded value </span><strong style="color:
#0000ff">??</strong>   </li></ul></li><li>HINGS_RD<ul><li><span
style="color: #000000">holdings coded value </span><strong
style="color: #0000ff">??</strong>
</li></ul></li><li>HINGS_UT<ul><li><span style="color:
#000000">holdings coded value </span><strong style="color:
#0000ff">??</strong>   </li></ul></li><li>LOC<ul><li><span
style="color: #000000">shelving location (usually appears when editing
an item)</span></li></ul></li><li>LOST<ul><li>descriptions for the
items marked as lost (appears when editing an
item)</li></ul></li><li>NOT_LOAN<ul><li>reasons why a title is not for
loan</li></ul></li><li>RESTRICTED<ul><li><strong style="color:
#0000ff">??</strong></li></ul></li><li>STACK<ul><li><strong
style="color: #0000ff">??</strong></li></ul></li><li>SUGGEST<ul><li>list
of patron suggestion reject or accept reasons (appears when managing
suggestions)</li></ul></li><li>WITHDRAWN<ul><li>description of a
withdrawn item (appears when editing an item)</li></ul></li></ul><br
/><font size="4" id="bav.2"><strong>View Authorized
Values</strong></font><br /> <br /> <ul><li> To view the authorized
values defined for a category that already exists like 'Lost', choose
'Lost' from the category dropdown menu</li><li>Then, you can see the
values defined for the category &quot;Lost&quot; and edit them if you
like. <br /></li></ul><strong><font size="4" id="mqih0">Add Authorized
Value</font></strong><br /><br /><ul><li>To add a new value under an
existing category, click &quot;New authorized value
for&quot;</li><li>Enter the value and description and choose an icon
if you'd like</li><li>When finished, click 'Save'<br /> </li></ul> <h1
id="a:y0">    <font size="4" id="bp_e">Edit authorized
values</font><br /> </h1> <ul><li>Choose a category from the 'Show
Category' dropdown menu</li><li>Click 'Edit' beside the authorized
value you wish to edit</li><li>Make the changes you'd like and click
'Save'</li><li><span style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: Be careful
about changing the 'Authorized value' as it may be associated with
existing records</span>.</li></ul> <br /> <h2 id="u4j6">   </h2> <h1
id="uko1"><strong><font size="4" id="uhad4">Add a new Authorized Value
Category</font><br /></strong></h1> <h2 id="xdqo13"> </h2> <strong><br
/> </strong> <ul><li>     To add a new category, click 'New Category'
 </li><li>     Fill in the 'Category', 'Authorized value' and
'Description' fields<br /><ul><li><span style="color:
#ff0000">IMPORTANT: The category name must be 8 characters or less.
Also, just input one authorized value for the category. You can edit
and add more after you save the
category.</span></li></ul></li><li>Click 'Save'</li><li>You've added a
new category and can immediately start adding more authorized values
to that category by clicking &quot;New authorized value
for...&quot;<br /></li></ul> <p>&nbsp;</p>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Authorized values management</h1>
+
+<p>Koha allows you to restrict the values that catalogers can place
in some MARC subfields to certain pre-defined &quot;authorized&quot;
values. These authorized values are defined here.</p>
+	<ul>
+		<li>HINT : if a subfield is non mandatory, Koha automatically adds
an empty value to the authorised value list, that is selected by
default. If the subfield is mandatory, no empty value is added (and
you should NOT add it in the list, as it's an illegal value !)</li>
+		<li>HINT2 : in the MARC editor, the list is ordered by Text, NOT by
value. So you can define a default value by putting a space before the
value you want to see first. For example, if your list is related to
language, you can set &quot;ENG&quot; as authorised value and &quot;
English&quot; as text. The space will order &quot;ENG&quot; as first
default value, and the space won't be shown (because HTML
automatically discard useless spaces). Super hint : you can put a
value 1st with N spaces, then another one 2nd with N-1 space,..., a
value in Nth position with 1 space. Don't abuse of this feature, it's
easier to find a value in an alphabetical order. It should be used
only to have a default value</li>
+	</ul>
+<p>Koha automatically sets up authorized value categories for your
item types and branch codes, and you can link these authorised values
to MARC subfields when you set up your MARC tag structure.</p>
+<p> </p>
+<h3>Why would I want to define authorized values for MARC tags?</h3>
+<p>Authorized Values create a 'controlled vocabulary' for your staff.
As an example, let us assume that your Koha installation is used by
several libraries, and you use MARC 21. You might want to restrict the
850a MARC subfield to the institution codes for just those libraries.
In that case, you could define an authorized values category (perhaps
called &quot;INST&quot;) and enter the institution codes as the
authorized values for that category.</p>
+    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: Koha automatically sets up authorized value categories for your
item types and branch codes, and you can link these authorized values
to MARC subfields when you set up your MARC tag structure</span>.
+
+   <strong>Existing Authorized Values</strong>
+Koha comes with several other categories and pre-defined values your
library is likely to use, for instance 'Lost'.
+
+	<ul>
+		<li>Asort1
+		<ul>
+			<li>attached to acquisitions, that can be used for stats purposes</li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>Asort2
+		<ul>
+			<li>attached to acquisitions, that can be used for stats purposes</li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>Bsort1
+		<ul>
+			<li>attached to patrons, that can be used for stats purposes</li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>Bsort2
+		<ul>
+			<li>attached to patrons, that can be used for stats purposes</li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>CCODE
+		<ul>
+			<li>collection code (appears when editing at item)</li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>DAMAGED
+		<ul>
+			<li>descriptions for items marked as damaged (appears when editing
an item)</li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>HINGS_AS
+		<ul>
+			<li>
+		
+holdings coded value<strong style="color: #0000ff">??</strong></li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>HINGS_C
+		<ul>
+			<li>
+		
+holdings coded value<strong style="color: #0000ff">??</strong></li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>HINGS_PF
+		<ul>
+			<li>
+		
+holdings coded value<strong style="color: #0000ff">??</strong></li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>HINGS_RD
+		<ul>
+			<li>
+		
+holdings coded value<strong style="color: #0000ff">??</strong></li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>HINGS_UT
+		<ul>
+			<li>
+		
+holdings coded value<strong style="color: #0000ff">??</strong></li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>LOC
+		<ul>
+			<li>		
+shelving location (usually appears when editing an item)</li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>LOST
+		<ul>
+			<li>descriptions for the items marked as lost (appears when
editing an item)</li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>NOT_LOAN
+		<ul>
+			<li>reasons why a title is not for loan</li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>RESTRICTED
+		<ul>
+			<li><strong style="color: #0000ff">??</strong></li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>STACK
+		<ul>
+			<li><strong style="color: #0000ff">??</strong></li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>SUGGEST
+		<ul>
+			<li>list of patron suggestion reject or accept reasons (appears
when managing suggestions)</li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>WITHDRAWN
+		<ul>
+			<li>description of a withdrawn item (appears when editing an item)</li>
+		</ul></li>
+	</ul>
+   <strong>View Authorized Values</strong>
+
+	<ul>
+		<li>To view the authorized values defined for a category that
already exists like 'Lost', choose 'Lost' from the category dropdown
menu</li>
+		<li>Then, you can see the values defined for the category
&quot;Lost&quot; and edit them if you like.</li>
+	</ul><strong>
+   Add Authorized Value</strong>
+
+	<ul>
+		<li>To add a new value under an existing category, click &quot;New
authorized value for&quot;</li>
+		<li>Enter the value and description and choose an icon if you'd like</li>
+		<li>When finished, click 'Save'</li>
+	</ul><h1>
+   Edit authorized values<br/></h1>
+	<ul>
+		<li>Choose a category from the 'Show Category' dropdown menu</li>
+		<li>Click 'Edit' beside the authorized value you wish to edit</li>
+		<li>Make the changes you'd like and click 'Save'</li>
+		<li>
+	    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: Be careful about changing the 'Authorized value' as it may be
associated with existing records</span>.</li>
+	</ul><h2></h2> <h1><strong>
+   Add a new Authorized Value Category<br/></strong></h1>
+
+<h2></h2> <strong><br/></strong>
+	<ul>
+		<li>To add a new category, click 'New Category'</li>
+		<li>Fill in the 'Category', 'Authorized value' and 'Description' fields<br/>
+		<ul>
+			<li>
+		    <span style="color: #ff0000">
+IMPORTANT: The category name must be 8 characters or less. Also, just
input one authorized value for the category. You can edit and add more
after you save the category.</span></li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>Click 'Save'</li>
+		<li>You've added a new category and can immediately start adding
more authorized values to that category by clicking &quot;New
authorized value for...&quot;</li>
+	</ul>
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/authtypes.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/authtypes.tmpl
index d4c049b..1ac50a6 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/authtypes.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/authtypes.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,43 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-	<h1>Authority types</h1> 	<p>You can define as many Authority types
as you want.</p> 	<ul> 		<li>with the MARC structure button, you can
define the MARC structure of a given authority type</li> 		<li>The tag
reported must contain a MARC tag number. Every subfield in the
selected tag will be copied to the &quot;destination tag&quot; in the
biblio. for example, in UNIMARC, the tag 200 ot personal authority
will be reported to 600, 700, 701, depending on what is cliqued in the
biblio MARC editor.</li> 		<li>The summary contains an
&quot;ISBD&quot; like description to explain how the entry must be
shown in the result list. The syntax is :  		<ul> 			<li>[xxxFFFSyyy]
where xxx are up to 3 digits BEFORE the field, FFF the field number, S
the subfield code, yyy up to 3 digits AFTER the field.</li>
			<li>things outside [] are kept as is (including HTML)</li>
			<li>repeatable fields are managed.<ul> 	</ul></li> 		
	<p>IMPORTANT</p> 	<p> 		In the biblio framework, the reported tag
<strong>MUST</strong> contain a $9 subfield, activated in the tab
where the tag is, and hidden (hidden maybe omitted, but the field has
no reason to appear anywhere). The $9 subfield in the biblio will
contain the Authority number (the internal Koha number)
	</p></ul></li></ul><h1 id="v65u"><font size="4" id="pok7"><font
id="j73r"><font id="dtv:1" color="#990000"><font id="hd0y"
color="#000000">Create Authority Types<br
/></font></font></font></font></h1>Create and manage Authorities
frameworks that define the characteristics of your MARC Records (field
and subfield definitions).<br /><br />To create a new framework...<br
/> <br /> <ul><li>     Go to the 'Administration' module.   </li><li>
   Select 'Authority types'</li><li>Click 'New Authority
Framework'</li><li>Fill in the fields that describe your new authority
type<br /><ul><li><span style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: In the
'Authority field to copy', enter the authority field that should be
copied from the authority record to the bibliographic record. e.g., in
MARC21, field 100 in the authority record should be copied to field
100 in the bibliographic record</span></li></ul></li><li>Click
'Submit'</li><li>To update the MARC Framework for your new authority
type, click 'MARC structure' next to the authority</li><li>From the
following screen you can alter fields, subfields and add additional
tags</li><li>By clicking on the 'edit' link you will be able to alter
information related to the field</li><li>By clicking the 'subfields'
link you will be able to alter all of the subfields associated with
that field</li><li>By clicking 'Edit subfields' at the bottom of the
screen you can alter the information for each subfield</li><li>After
making your changes, click 'Save Changes' at the top of the
screen</li><li>To delete a subfield, just click the 'delete' link next
to the field you'd like to edit</li></ul>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Authority types</h1>
+
+<p>You can define as many Authority types as you want.</p>
+	<ul>
+		<li>with the MARC structure button, you can define the MARC
structure of a given authority type</li>
+		<li>The tag reported must contain a MARC tag number. Every subfield
in the selected tag will be copied to the &quot;destination tag&quot;
in the biblio. for example, in UNIMARC, the tag 200 ot personal
authority will be reported to 600, 700, 701, depending on what is
cliqued in the biblio MARC editor.</li>
+		<li>The summary contains an &quot;ISBD&quot; like description to
explain how the entry must be shown in the result list. The syntax is
:
+		<ul>
+			<li>[xxxFFFSyyy] where are up to 3 digits BEFORE the field, FFF
the field number, S the subfield code, yyy up to 3 digits AFTER the
field.</li>
+			<li>things outside [] are kept as is (including HTML)</li>
+			<li>repeatable fields are managed.
+			<ul>
+			</ul></li>
+<p>IMPORTANT</p>
+<p>In the biblio framework, the reported tag <strong>MUST</strong>
contain a $9 subfield, activated in the tab where the tag is, and
hidden (hidden maybe omitted, but the field has no reason to appear
anywhere). The $9 subfield in the biblio will contain the Authority
number (the internal Koha number)</p>
+		</ul></li>
+	</ul>
+	<h1>Create Authority Types</h1>
+
+<p>Create and manage Authorities frameworks that define the
characteristics of your MARC Records (field and subfield definitions).
+To create a new framework...</p>
+
+	<ul>
+		<li>Go to the 'Administration' module.</li>
+		<li>Select 'Authority types'</li>
+		<li>Click 'New Authority Framework'</li>
+		<li>Fill in the fields that describe your new authority type<br/>
+		<ul>
+			<li>
+		    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: In the 'Authority field to copy', enter the authority field that
should be copied from the authority record to the bibliographic
record. e.g., in MARC21, field 100 in the authority record should be
copied to field 100 in the bibliographic record</span></li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>Click 'Submit'</li>
+		<li>To update the MARC Framework for your new authority type, click
'MARC structure' next to the authority</li>
+		<li>From the following screen you can alter fields, subfields and
add additional tags</li>
+		<li>By clicking on the 'edit' link you will be able to alter
information related to the field</li>
+		<li>By clicking the 'subfields' link you will be able to alter all
of the subfields associated with that field</li>
+		<li>By clicking 'Edit subfields' at the bottom of the screen you
can alter the information for each subfield</li>
+		<li>After making your changes, click 'Save Changes' at the top of
the screen</li>
+		<li>To delete a subfield, just click the 'delete' link next to the
field you'd like to edit</li>
+	</ul><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/biblio_framework.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/biblio_framework.tmpl
index 62e3c5d..982d8a1 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/biblio_framework.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/biblio_framework.tmpl
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->

-	<h1>Biblio framework</h1>
-	<p>biblio frameworks are used to catalogue your biblios.</p>
+<h1>Biblio framework</h1>
+
+<p>biblio frameworks are used to catalogue your biblios.</p>
 	<p>Unlike Koha 2.0, in this version you can have more than 1
framework to catalogate differently various materials. You can, for
example, define 1 framework for monographies, 1 framework for serials,
1 framework for URL...</p>
 	<p>Once a framework type is created, you can clic on "MARC
structure" to define the exact MARC structure. The first time, Koha
will ask you to select an existing framework to copy into the new one.
Thus, you don't have to define all the MARC structure</p>

diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/branches.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/branches.tmpl
index b9bb0da..bf397d0 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/branches.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/branches.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,7 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h1>Library Branches</h1>  <p>Fill in information about your library
service outlets on this page.</p>  <p>Begin by defining your branch
categories. If, for example, you have one main library and several
branch libraries, you might set up an &quot;M&quot; (Main) category
and a &quot;B&quot; (Branch) category, with descriptions &quot;Main
Library&quot; and &quot;Branch Library.&quot;</p>  <p>Now add the
names and addresses, phone numbers, etc of your libraries in the
&quot;Branches&quot; section. (All of your libraries should be
described here, not just the branch libraries.) Give each library a
unique and easily-remembered code (maximum of four characters). This
code will be used in Koha's database to identify each library. When
libraries are listed in Koha, they will be listed in alphabetical
order by code. </p>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Library Branches</h1>
+
+<p>Fill in information about your library service outlets on this page.</p>
+<p>Begin by defining your branch categories. If, for example, you
have one main library and several branch libraries, you might set up
an &quot;M&quot; (Main) category and a &quot;B&quot; (Branch)
category, with descriptions &quot;Main Library&quot; and &quot;Branch
Library.&quot;</p>
+<p>Now add the names and addresses, phone numbers, etc of your
libraries in the &quot;Branches&quot; section. (All of your libraries
should be described here, not just the branch libraries.) Give each
library a unique and easily-remembered code (maximum of four
characters). This code will be used in Koha's database to identify
each library. When libraries are listed in Koha, they will be listed
in alphabetical order by code.</p><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE
NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/categorie.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/categorie.tmpl
index 899e004..8ed7ebe 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/categorie.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/categorie.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,33 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h1>Patron Categories</h1>  <p>This is where you define the types of
users of your library and how they will be handled.</p>
<h2>Categories, Descriptions and Types</h2> <p>Start by assigning a
Category Code and a Description to each patron category. Each Category
can be one of five types:</p> <ul> 	<li>Adult Patrons: can be linked
as &quot;guarantors&quot; to other patrons who are their dependents.
This is the default patron type.</li> 	<li>Child Patrons: a patron
category that has a &quot;guarantor&quot;.</li> 	<li>Organizational
Patrons: can be used for institutional members, e.g. other libraries
that borrow from you, in which case Koha expects slightly different
information about the institution.</li> 	<li>Professional Patrons: can
also be associated with a guarantor (usually an organisation). </li>
	<li>Staff Members: A member of the library staff. </li>
	<li>Statistical Patrons: checking out to this patron type creates a
statistical (local use) record but does not actually circulate
materials.</li> </ul> <h3>Note on Permissions</h3> <p>Patrons in any
category type may be assigned permissions in the staff interface.  The
Staff patron type has additional security features over the other
types.</p> <h2>Enrollment Period (months)</h2> <p>Enrollment period is
a number indicating the length in months of a patron enrollment. If
enrollments never expire, set this to an impossibly high number (
&gt;= 99).</p>  <h2>Upper Age Limit and Age Required</h2> <p>Upper Age
Limit and Age Required set the age parameters for this type of user.
If you issue children's cards to users between the ages of 2 and 18,
for example, then Age Required would be &quot;2&quot; and Upper Age
Limit would be &quot;18.&quot; If there is no upper age limit, set
this value to 999 (the highest allowed).</p>  <h2>Enrollment Fee and
Reserve Fee</h2> <p>Enrollment Fee and Reserve Fee (if any) should be
entered either as whole numbers or with (up to) six decimal places,
with no currency notation (e.g. &quot;1.250000&quot; instead of
&quot;$1.25&quot;).</p>  <h2>Overdue Notice Required</h2> <p>Overdue
Notice Required lets you bypass generating overdue notices for this
user type.</p>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Patron Categories</h1>
+
+<p>This is where you define the types of users of your library and
how they will be handled.</p>
+
+<h2>Categories, Descriptions and Types</h2>
+<p>Start by assigning a Category Code and a Description to each
patron category. Each Category can be one of five types:</p>
+	<ul>
+		<li>Adult Patrons: can be linked as &quot;guarantors&quot; to other
patrons who are their dependents.  This is the default patron
type.</li>
+		<li>Child Patrons: a patron category that has a &quot;guarantor&quot;.</li>
+		<li>Organizational Patrons: can be used for institutional members,
e.g. other libraries that borrow from you, in which case Koha expects
slightly different information about the institution.</li>
+		<li>Professional Patrons: can also be associated with a guarantor
(usually an organisation).</li>
+		<li>Staff Members: A member of the library staff.</li>
+		<li>Statistical Patrons: checking out to this patron type creates a
statistical (local use) record but does not actually circulate
materials.</li>
+	</ul>
+	
+<h3>Note on Permissions</h3>
+<p>Patrons in any category type may be assigned permissions in the
staff interface.  The Staff patron type has additional security
features over the other types.</p>
+
+<h2>Enrollment Period (months)</h2>
+<p>Enrollment period is a number indicating the length in months of a
patron enrollment. If enrollments never expire, set this to an
impossibly high number ( &gt;= 99).</p>
+
+<h2>Upper Age Limit and Age Required</h2>
+<p>Upper Age Limit and Age Required set the age parameters for this
type of user. If you issue children's cards to users between the ages
of 2 and 18, for example, then Age Required would be &quot;2&quot; and
Upper Age Limit would be &quot;18.&quot; If there is no upper age
limit, set this value to 999 (the highest allowed).</p>
+
+<h2>Enrollment Fee and Reserve Fee</h2>
+<p>Enrollment Fee and Reserve Fee (if any) should be entered either
as whole numbers or with (up to) six decimal places, with no currency
notation (e.g. &quot;1.250000&quot; instead of &quot;$1.25&quot;).</p>
+
+<h2>Overdue Notice Required</h2>
+<p>Overdue Notice Required lets you bypass generating overdue notices
for this user type.</p>
+
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/checkmarc.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/checkmarc.tmpl
index 62fffed..fb4376d 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/checkmarc.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/checkmarc.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,8 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h1>MARC Bibliographic Framework Test</h1> <p>Once you have completed
the process of setting up your MARC Frameworks and checked your MARC
to Koha mapping, this program checks for major errors in your MARC
setup.</p>  <p>This MARC check does not guarantee that you will like
the first results of your efforts to set up your MARC displays, etc.
-- it simply checks for major errors. You will probably revise your
MARC setup several times before you are completely pleased with it. Be
sure to run the MARC Bibliographic Framework Test after every
revision.</p>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>MARC Bibliographic Framework Test</h1>
+
+<p>Once you have completed the process of setting up your MARC
Frameworks and checked your MARC to Koha mapping, this program checks
for major errors in your MARC setup.</p>
+
+<p>This MARC check does not guarantee that you will like the first
results of your efforts to set up your MARC displays, etc. -- it
simply checks for major errors. You will probably revise your MARC
setup several times before you are completely pleased with it. Be sure
to run the MARC Bibliographic Framework Test after every revision.</p>
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/cities.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/cities.tmpl
index dc49910..3f6fb1c 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/cities.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/cities.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,19 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<font id="fdrg" color="#000000"><div id="cojv" style="padding: 1em
0pt; text-align: left"><font size="4" id="l46x"><span><strong>Cities
and Towns</strong></span></font></div></font>This parameter helps you
define the cities and towns that your patrons live in.&nbsp; These
will appear as a pull down on the patron add screen to make it easier
for entering of consistent data.<br /><br /> <h2><font
color="#000000">Add a new city</font></h2><ul><li><font id="md7e0"
color="#000000">Click 'New City'</font></li><li><font id="md7e2"
color="#000000">Enter the city or town name and the
zipcode</font></li><li><font id="md7e4" color="#000000">Click
'Submit'</font></li><li><font id="md7e6" color="#000000">You can
edit/delete your cities and towns from the main 'Cities and towns'
page</font></li><li><font id="md7e8" color="#000000">These fields will
then appear when adding/editing a patron as a pull down to make it
easier to enter data<div id="d7bt" style="padding: 1em 0pt;
text-align: left"><br /></div></font></li></ul>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Cities and Towns</h1>
+
+<p>This parameter helps you define the cities and towns that your
patrons live in.  These will appear as a pull down on the patron add
screen to make it easier for entering of consistent data.</p>
+<h2>Add a new city</h2>
+		<ul>
+			<li>		
+		   Click 'New City'</li>
+			<li>		
+		   Enter the city or town name and the zipcode</li>
+			<li>		
+		   Click 'Submit'</li>
+			<li>		
+		   You can edit/delete your cities and towns from the main 'Cities
and towns' page</li>
+			<li>		
+		   These fields will then appear when adding/editing a patron as a
pull down to make it easier to enter data</li>
+		</ul>
+	</div>	<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/classsources.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/classsources.tmpl
index a7b0cbe..611476c 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/classsources.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/classsources.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,38 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h1 id="v65u">   <font id="pok7"><font id="j73r"><font id="se750"
color="#990000"><font id="hd0y" color="#000000">About Classification
Sources</font></font></font></font> </h1> Define classification
sources (i.e., call number schemes) used by your collection. You can
also define 'filing rules' used for sorting call numbers.<br /> <br />
<font id="oqv3" color="#ff0000"><span>IMPORTANT: You do not have the
option to 'define' a new filing rule. Currently, the filing rules and
sorting routines are statically defined with options available in the
dropdown menu when creating or editing a 'classification source' or
'filing rule'.</span></font><br /> <br />  <font
style="background-color: #ffe599" id="l.-b0" color="#000000"><br
/><span>TI</span><span>P: In the future, this features will be
expanded to allow new filing rules to be created (defined) on the fly.
In other words, in addition to choosing from a static sorting routine
or filing rule, you will be able to actually to define new
ones.</span> </font><br /> <h1 id="se751">   <font id="dy88"><font
id="som2"><font id="s_-_"><font id="eh2o"><font id="se752"><font
id="se753"><font id="se754" color="#990000"><font id="se755"
color="#000000">To add a new 'Classification
Source'...</font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font>
</h1>    <ul><li>     Click 'New Classification Source'   </li><li>
 Enter a 'Classification source code'   </li><li>     Enter a
'Description' for your new classification source   </li><li>     Note
if the classification source is in use (check the box for 'yes' and
leave unchecked for 'no')   </li><li>     Choose a 'filing rule' from
the dropdown menu to associate with your new classification source
</li><li>     Click 'Save'   </li></ul> <br /> <font id="r7bq"
color="#ff0000">IMPORTANT: 'Source in use?' controls whether source is
available in item editor. For example, Koha ships with Dewey and LCC
rules but a Dewey library may not want catalogers to mistakenly use
LCC as an item callnumber type. To accomplish this, check box 'source
in use?' only for the Dewey Classification Source and leave 'source in
use' for all others unchecked.<br /> <strong><br /> </strong></font>
<h1 id="se7511">   <font id="kf:o"><font id="mtuq"><font
id="b11z"><font id="yfn:"><font id="i1sl"><font id="o2m8"><font
id="y9_3"><font id="ukig"><font id="se7512"><font id="se7513"><font
id="se7514"><font id="se7515"><font id="se7516"><font
id="se7517"><font id="se7518" color="#990000"><font id="se7519"
color="#000000">To add a new 'Filing
Rule'...</font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font>
</h1> <br /> <ul><li>     Click 'New Filing Rules'   </li><li>
Enter a 'Filing Rule Code'   </li><li>     Enter a 'Description' for
your new filing rule</li><li>     Choose a 'filing routine' from the
dropdown menu to associate with your new filing rule</li><li>
Click 'Save'   </li></ul> <br /> <h1 id="se7526">   <font
id="rppa"><font id="ied."><font id="yzmp"><font id="cj6c"><font
id="ya4c"><font id="l_5c"><font id="sfq:"><font id="rb0u"><font
id="xzcn"><font id="x_k4"><font id="i30o"><font id="ovu3"><font
id="lmdg"><font id="l48v"><font id="wrz_"><font id="qmkq"><font
id="se7527"><font id="se7528"><font id="se7529"><font
id="se7530"><font id="se7531"><font id="se7532"><font
id="se7533"><font id="se7534"><font id="se7535"><font
id="se7536"><font id="se7537"><font id="se7538"><font
id="se7539"><font id="se7540"><font id="se7541" color="#990000"><font
id="se7542" color="#000000">To edit a new 'Classification Source' or
'Filing Rule'...</font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font></font>
</h1> <ul><li>     Click 'edit' next to the 'classification source' or
'filing rule' you wish to edit   </li><li>     Edit</li><li>     Click
'Save'</li></ul> <br />
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>About Classification Sources</h1>
+
+<p>Define classification sources (i.e., call number schemes) used by
your collection. You can also define 'filing rules' used for sorting
call numbers.</p>
+	
+<p><strong>IMPORTANT:</strong> You do not have the option to 'define'
a new filing rule. Currently, the filing rules and sorting routines
are statically defined with options available in the dropdown menu
when creating or editing a 'classification source' or 'filing
rule'.</p>
+	
+<p><strong>TIP:</strong> In the future, this features will be
expanded to allow new filing rules to be created (defined) on the fly.
In other words, in addition to choosing from a static sorting routine
or filing rule, you will be able to actually to define new ones.</p>
+
+<h1>To add a new 'Classification Source'...</h1>
+		<ul>
+			<li>Click 'New Classification Source'</li>
+			<li>Enter a 'Classification source code'</li>
+			<li>Enter a 'Description' for your new classification source</li>
+			<li>Note if the classification source is in use (check the box for
'yes' and leave unchecked for 'no')</li>
+			<li>Choose a 'filing rule' from the dropdown menu to associate
with your new classification source</li>
+			<li>Click 'Save'</li>
+		</ul>	
+<p>IMPORTANT: 'Source in use?' controls whether source is available
in item editor. For example, Koha ships with Dewey and LCC rules but a
Dewey library may not want catalogers to mistakenly use LCC as an item
callnumber type. To accomplish this, check box 'source in use?' only
for the Dewey Classification Source and leave 'source in use' for all
others unchecked.</p>
+
+<h1>To add a new 'Filing Rule'...</h1>
+		<ul>
+			<li>Click 'New Filing Rules'</li>
+			<li>Enter a 'Filing Rule Code'</li>
+			<li>Enter a 'Description' for your new filing rule</li>
+			<li>Choose a 'filing routine' from the dropdown menu to associate
with your new filing rule</li>
+			<li>Click 'Save'</li>
+		</ul>
+		
+<h1>To edit a new 'Classification Source' or 'Filing Rule'...</h1>
+		<ul>
+			<li>Click 'edit' next to the 'classification source' or 'filing
rule' you wish to edit</li>
+			<li>Edit</li>
+			<li>Click 'Save'</li>
+		</ul>
+
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/currency.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/currency.tmpl
index e2c45d9..21eca0a 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/currency.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/currency.tmpl
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->

 <h1>Currencies administration</h1>
+
 <p>Define the currencies you deal with here.</p>

 <p>You should at least define your local currency here, giving it a
name (like US DOLLAR or EURO) and setting the "rate" at 1. If you do
business with vendors who charge in a different currency, enter a name
for that currency (e.g. PESO) and set the approximate exchange rate
compared to your currency. (Note: names are limited to 10 characters
or less.) The exchange rate is used to calculate the remain balances
in your materials budgets when you purchase materials using "normal"
acquisitions.</p>
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/itemtypes.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/itemtypes.tmpl
index 14e6406..177e505 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/itemtypes.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/itemtypes.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,41 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h1>Item types management</h1> <p>You can define as many item types
as you want.</p>  <p>The item types are the &quot;categories&quot;
into which your library items fall. For instance, you probably want to
have videocassettes in a different category from non-fiction books,
and mysteries in a different category from children's picture books.
If you already are using a commercial ILS, you almost certainly
already have all of your materials divided up into such categories.
Now you need to tell Koha what your categories are.</p>  <p>The
itemtype code is limited to four characters. This code is rarely
displayed by Koha; instead the description of the type will be what
users see.</p>  <p>&quot;Rental charge&quot; is any amount you might
charge to users for borrowing items of a certain type (like
videos).</p>  <p>&quot;Renewals allowed&quot; indicates how many times
an items of this type may be renewed.</p>  <p>Item types are useful
for many things, and <strong>very</strong> important in controlling
how Koha works :</p> <ul>     <li>Patrons can search on item
types</li>     <li>Issuing rules are set for item types (and for
patron types / libraries)</li> </ul> <p>Setting up item types is one
of the first things you should do after installing the Koha
software.</p><p>&nbsp;</p><h3>Adding &amp; Editing New Item
Types</h3><ul><li>Your system will come with some predefined item
types.&nbsp; From this screen you can edit or delete these
items</li><li>To add a new item type click 'New Item
Type'</li><li>Enter a short code for the 'Item Type'</li><li>Enter a
longer explanation in the 'Description'</li><li>Feel free to choose an
image for each item type (or selected the 'No image'
option)</li><li>The 'Not for loan' option can be used for items that
cannot be checked out of the library</li><li>'Renewals' should include
the number of times this item can be renewed</li><li>If you charge a
rental fee for items (such as DVDs) enter that amount in the 'Rental
charge' field</li><li>The summary field is used to edit the way this
item displays on the search results page<ul><li><span
style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: For electronic resources you
might want to enter </span><span style="background-color:
#ffe599"><em>&lt;a href=&quot;[856u]&quot;&gt;open
site&lt;/a&gt;</em></span><span style="background-color: #ffe599"> to
show the item link on the search results
page</span></li></ul></li><li>When you're finished click 'Save
Changes'</li></ul><br /><span><br /><strong>Can I have a different
type for new releases and older titles?</strong></span><br /><br
/>Yes.&nbsp; Just enter an item type for new items and assign
different circulation rules for this item type.<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Item types management</h1>
+
+<p>You can define as many item types as you want.</p>
+<p>The item types are the &quot;categories&quot; into which your
library items fall. For instance, you probably want to have
videocassettes in a different category from non-fiction books, and
mysteries in a different category from children's picture books. If
you already are using a commercial ILS, you almost certainly already
have all of your materials divided up into such categories. Now you
need to tell Koha what your categories are.</p>
+<p>The itemtype code is limited to four characters. This code is
rarely displayed by Koha; instead the description of the type will be
what users see.</p>
+<p>&quot;Rental charge&quot; is any amount you might charge to users
for borrowing items of a certain type (like videos).</p>
+<p>&quot;Renewals allowed&quot; indicates how many times an items of
this type may be renewed.</p>
+<p>Item types are useful for many things, and <strong>very</strong>
important in controlling how Koha works :</p>
+	<ul>
+		<li>Patrons can search on item types</li>
+		<li>Issuing rules are set for item types (and for patron types /
libraries)</li>
+	</ul>
+<p>Setting up item types is one of the first things you should do
after installing the Koha software.</p>
+
+<h3>Adding &amp; Editing New Item Types</h3>
+	<ul>
+		<li>Your system will come with some predefined item types.  From
this screen you can edit or delete these items</li>
+		<li>To add a new item type click 'New Item Type'</li>
+		<li>Enter a short code for the 'Item Type'</li>
+		<li>Enter a longer explanation in the 'Description'</li>
+		<li>Feel free to choose an image for each item type (or selected
the 'No image' option)</li>
+		<li>The 'Not for loan' option can be used for items that cannot be
checked out of the library</li>
+		<li>'Renewals' should include the number of times this item can be
renewed</li>
+		<li>If you charge a rental fee for items (such as DVDs) enter that
amount in the 'Rental charge' field</li>
+		<li>The summary field is used to edit the way this item displays on
the search results page
+		<ul>
+			<li>
+		    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: For electronic resources you might want to enter</span>
+		    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+<em>&lt;a href=&quot;[856u]&quot;&gt;open site&lt;/a&gt;</em></span>
+		    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+to show the item link on the search results page</span></li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>When you're finished click 'Save Changes'</li>
+	</ul>
+<p><strong>Can I have a different type for new releases and older
titles?</strong>
+Yes.  Just enter an item type for new items and assign different
circulation rules for this item type.
+ </p><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/koha2marclinks.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/koha2marclinks.tmpl
index 9f1a8a9..80cf6c7 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/koha2marclinks.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/koha2marclinks.tmpl
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->

 <h1>Koha 2 MARC links</h1>
+
 <p>This page provides a simplified way to map your MARC tags and
subfields to the non-MARC Koha database tables <b>for default biblio
framework</b>. This can also be done while setting the MARC tag
structure, but it is easier to see the relationship between the MARC
database and the Koha database here.</p>

 <p>The pull-down menu lists all the Koha tables that can receive
values from the MARC records. The columns from each table are listed
below the pull-down menu.</p>
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/marc_subfields_structure.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/marc_subfields_structure.tmpl
index 3cd4512..a954e41 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/marc_subfields_structure.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/marc_subfields_structure.tmpl
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->

 <h1>MARC tag structure administration</h1>
+
 <p>Koha allows you to specify which MARC tags you want to use and
which you want to ignore. When you downloaded and installed Koha, you
also got the entire list of MARC21 tags and subfields in current use.
Now you need to use the administration page to edit this list and tell
Koha which tags you want to use and how you want to use them.</p>
 <p>You can define as the marc tag structure for each biblio framework
you have defined</p>

diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/marctagstructure.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/marctagstructure.tmpl
index ae03b05..b4b160a 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/marctagstructure.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/marctagstructure.tmpl
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->

 <h1>MARC tag structure administration</h1>
+
 <p>Koha allows you to specify which MARC tags you want to use and
which you want to ignore. When you downloaded and installed Koha, you
also got the entire list of MARC21 tags and subfields in current use.
Now you need to use the administration page to edit this list and tell
Koha which tags you want to use and how you want to use them.</p>
 <p>You can define as the marc tag structure for each biblio framework
you have defined</p>

diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/patron-attr-types.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/patron-attr-types.tmpl
index e14c568..a8d7306 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/patron-attr-types.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/patron-attr-types.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,33 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h1>Patron attribute types</h1><br />A patron attribute (or extended
patron attribute) is an additional piece of information associated
with a patron record.&nbsp; Each attribute has a type that specifies
whether the attribute is repeatable, can serve as a unique identifier,
can take a password, and whether it can be used to search for patron
records in the staff interface.<br /><br />The list of attribute types
is controlled by staff with 'superlibrarian' permissions. <br
/><ul><li>Get there: Patrons &gt; Patron Record &gt; More &gt; Set
Permissions</li></ul><br />Once an attribute type is defined, values
for that attribute can be added to the patron record via the staff
interface or the batch patron import.<br /><br />Two uses of extended
attributes are:<br /><br /><ul><li>defining additional unique
identifiers, such as a campus student ID number, a library staff HR
number, and so on.&nbsp; These IDs can be used for searching or
matching and overlaying records during a batch
import.</li><li>additional statistical categories.&nbsp; For example,
a library could define an attribute type for tracking the academic
major of a student patron. Any number of attributes of this sort could
be defined.</li></ul><br />The extended attributes feature is
completely optional.&nbsp; If the 'ExtendPatronAttributes' system
preference is OFF, customizable patron attributes will not be
usable.<br /><br /><h2>Add Patron Attribute</h2><ul><li>Click 'Patron
attribute types'</li><li><font color="#990000">IMPORTANT: You will
need to have ExtendedPatronAttributes turned on</font><ul><li>Get
there: More &gt; Administration &gt; General system preferences &gt;
Patrons &gt; ExtendedPatronAttributes</li></ul></li><li>To add a new
Patron Attribute, click 'New Patron Attribute Type'</li><li>The
'Patron attribute type code' should be unique and is the only required
field<ul><li>TIP: This field is not editable once it is
set</li></ul></li><li>Fill in all of the fields you need for your
attribute<ul><li>TIP: The repeatibility and unique_id settings of an
attribute type cannot be changed after creation - this is to avoid
having to deal with changing constraints if an attribute type is
already in use by patron records</li></ul></li><li>Click
'Save'</li><li>TIP: An attribute type cannot be deleted if it is used
by any patron records</li></ul>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Patron attribute types</h1>A patron attribute (or extended patron
attribute) is an additional piece of information associated with a
patron record.  Each attribute has a type that specifies whether the
attribute is repeatable, can serve as a unique identifier, can take a
password, and whether it can be used to search for patron records in
the staff interface.
+The list of attribute types is controlled by staff with
'superlibrarian' permissions.<br/>
+	<ul>
+		<li>Get there: Patrons &gt; Patron Record &gt; More &gt; Set Permissions</li>
+	</ul>Once an attribute type is defined, values for that attribute
can be added to the patron record via the staff interface or the batch
patron import.
+Two uses of extended attributes are:
+
+	<ul>
+		<li>defining additional unique identifiers, such as a campus
student ID number, a library staff HR number, and so on.  These IDs
can be used for searching or matching and overlaying records during a
batch import.</li>
+		<li>additional statistical categories.  For example, a library
could define an attribute type for tracking the academic major of a
student patron. Any number of attributes of this sort could be
defined.</li>
+	</ul>The extended attributes feature is completely optional.  If the
'ExtendPatronAttributes' system preference is OFF, customizable patron
attributes will not be usable.
+<h2>Add Patron Attribute</h2>
+	<ul>
+		<li>Click 'Patron attribute types'</li>
+		<li>	
+	   IMPORTANT: You will need to have ExtendedPatronAttributes turned on
+		<ul>
+			<li>Get there: More &gt; Administration &gt; General system
preferences &gt; Patrons &gt; ExtendedPatronAttributes</li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>To add a new Patron Attribute, click 'New Patron Attribute Type'</li>
+		<li>The 'Patron attribute type code' should be unique and is the
only required field
+		<ul>
+			<li>TIP: This field is not editable once it is set</li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>Fill in all of the fields you need for your attribute
+		<ul>
+			<li>TIP: The repeatibility and unique_id settings of an attribute
type cannot be changed after creation - this is to avoid having to
deal with changing constraints if an attribute type is already in use
by patron records</li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>Click 'Save'</li>
+		<li>TIP: An attribute type cannot be deleted if it is used by any
patron records</li>
+	</ul><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/printers.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/printers.tmpl
index 3e6a956..30c0d60 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/printers.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/printers.tmpl
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->

 <h1>Printer Administration</h1>
+
 <p>If you are going to be using a printer (or several printers) that
are attached to your Koha server for producing statistical and
operations reports, then you need to give each printer a name and tell
Koha how to access it. You do this by telling Koha which print queue
to use.</p>

 <p>(In linux, each printer configuration in your printcap file
defines a print queue. The default print queue is "lp," but if you use
more than one printer you will have other queues, probably with names
like "text" or "postscript." Tell Koha which printer queue(s) you want
to use for printing reports directly from the server.)</p>
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/roadtype.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/roadtype.tmpl
index a5a13c1..582553c 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/roadtype.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/roadtype.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,15 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<font id="fdrg" color="#000000"><div id="cojv" style="padding: 1em
0pt; text-align: left"><font size="4" id="l46x"><span><strong>Road
Types<br /></strong></span></font></div></font><font id="x1rx"
color="#000000">The values defined in this preference will show up in
a pull down menu when entering patron information. </font>These values
can be used in geographic statistics.<br /><font id="i-jg"
color="#000000"><br /></font> <h2><font color="#000000">Add a new road
type</font></h2><ul><li><font id="i-jg1" color="#000000">Click 'New
Road Type'</font></li><li><font id="i-jg3" color="#000000">Enter a
value such as Blvd., Avenue, Street or St.</font></li><li><font
id="i-jg5" color="#000000">Click 'Submit'</font></li><li><font
id="i-jg7" color="#000000">Your values will appear on the Road Types
page</font></li><li><font id="i-jg9" color="#000000">Your values will
also appear as authorized values when entering or editing a patron<div
id="q:t9" style="padding: 1em 0pt; text-align: left"><br
/></div></font></li></ul>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Road Types</h1>
+
+<p>The values defined in this preference will show up in a pull down
menu when entering patron information.These values can be used in
geographic statistics.</p>
+
+<h2>Add a new road type</h2>
+		<ul>
+			<li>Click 'New Road Type'</li>
+			<li>Enter a value such as Blvd., Avenue, Street or St.</li>
+			<li>Click 'Submit'</li>
+			<li>Your values will appear on the Road Types page</li>
+			<li>Your values will also appear as authorized values when
entering or editing a patron</li>
+		</ul>
+	</div>	<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/smart-rules.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/smart-rules.tmpl
index 38d733c..7ca62b0 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/smart-rules.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/smart-rules.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,24 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<font id="fdrg" color="#000000"><div id="cojv" style="padding: 1em
0pt; text-align: left"><font size="4"
id="l46x"><span><strong>Circulation and Fines Rules<br
/></strong><font size="2" id="ztjz"><br /></font><font size="2"
id="cg:9">This matrix is to be used to create all of the rules
associated with circulation and
fines.</font></span></font></div></font><br /><ul><li><font id="q3j20"
color="#000000">The rules are applied from most specific to less
specific, using the first found in this order:</font><ul><li>same
library, same patron type, same item type</li><li>same library, same
patron type, default item type</li><li>same library, default patron
type, same item type</li><li>same library, default patron type,
default item type</li><li>default library, same patron type, same item
type</li><li>default library, same patron type, default item
type</li><li>default library, default patron type, same item
type</li><li>default library, default patron type, default item
type</li></ul></li><li><font id="q3j212" color="#000000"><span
style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: To modify a rule, create a new
one with the same patron type and item
type</span></font></li><li><font id="q3j214" color="#000000">These
rules can be applied to individual branches by choosing them from the
pull down at the top of the page, by default the rules are applied to
all branches</font></li></ul>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Circulation and Fines Rules</h1>
+
+<p>This matrix is to be used to create all of the rules associated
with circulation and fines.</p>
+		<ul>
+			<li>		
+		   The rules are applied from most specific to less specific, using
the first found in this order:
+			<ul>
+				<li>same library, same patron type, same item type</li>
+				<li>same library, same patron type, default item type</li>
+				<li>same library, default patron type, same item type</li>
+				<li>same library, default patron type, default item type</li>
+				<li>default library, same patron type, same item type</li>
+				<li>default library, same patron type, default item type</li>
+				<li>default library, default patron type, same item type</li>
+				<li>default library, default patron type, default item type</li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li><span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: To modify a rule, create a new one with the same patron type and
item type</span></li>
+			<li>		
+		   These rules can be applied to individual branches by choosing
them from the pull down at the top of the page, by default the rules
are applied to all branches</li>
+		</ul>
+	</div>	<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/stopwords.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/stopwords.tmpl
index 7543d06..1cb03cc 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/stopwords.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/stopwords.tmpl
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->

 <h1>Stop word administration page</h1>
+
 <p>Here you should list all of the words you wish Koha to ignore when
performing catalog searches or building the keyword index.</p>

 <p>Normally, you will not want Koha to save keyword references to
articles like "The" and "A" and other very common words. Saving
keyword references to these words does not help to limit a search and
will make the keyword index very large and "cluttered" with words that
are not really useful. The "stopwords" list defines these unnecessary
words for your installation.</p>
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/systempreferences.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/systempreferences.tmpl
index 421319c..e3cf77d 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/systempreferences.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/systempreferences.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,22 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h1>System preferences administration</h1> <p>This page allows you to
set the system preferences that control much of the basic behavior of
Koha. </p><p>Each of the tabs on the left holds several different
preferences:</p><ul><li><strong>Admin: </strong>holds administrative
preferences such as admin email address, sessions and timout.<br
/></li><li><strong>Acquisitions:</strong> holds preferences related to
acquisitions and serials such as handling patron suggestions and
taxes.<br /></li><li><strong>Enhanced Content:</strong> holds
preferences that will add content from outside sources to your OPAC
and Staff Client.&nbsp; This is where you can turn on cover images,
FRBR and tagging.<br /></li><li><strong>Authorities: </strong>holds
preference related to handling authority records.<br
/></li><li><strong>Cataloging:</strong> holds preferences that control
the cataloging functions.&nbsp; This is where you choose your MARC
flavor, set up Z39.50 and barcoding.<br
/></li><li><strong>Circulation:</strong> holds preferences that
control circulation functions such as holds and&nbsp; fines.<br
/></li><li><strong>I18N/L10N:</strong> holds preferences related to
internationalization and localization such as date formats and
languages.<br /></li><li><strong>Logs</strong>: turn on/off logging
functionality in your system.<br /></li><li><strong>OAI-PMH:</strong>
this function is still experimental, so it's best to leave these
preferences at their default.<br /></li><li><strong>OPAC:
</strong>customize the OPAC and OPAC functions (aside from the
Enhanced Content preferences).<br /></li><li><strong>Patrons:
</strong>holds preferences that control how your system handles patron
functions.&nbsp; Some preferences include the minimum password length
and membership number settings.<br
/></li><li><strong>Searching:</strong> holds preference related to
advanced search functions such as removing stop words or allowing
stemming. <br /></li><li><strong>Staff Client: </strong>customize the
staff client by editing the stylesheet and navigation menu.<br
/></li><li><strong>Local Use: </strong>this tab will usually be empty
unless your library has a preference just for your library. </li></ul>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>System preferences administration</h1>
+
+<p>This page allows you to set the system preferences that control
much of the basic behavior of Koha.</p>
+<p>Each of the tabs on the left holds several different preferences:</p>
+	<ul>
+		<li><strong>Admin: </strong>holds administrative preferences such
as admin email address, sessions and timout.</li>
+		<li><strong>Acquisitions:</strong> holds preferences related to
acquisitions and serials such as handling patron suggestions and
taxes.</li>
+		<li><strong>Enhanced Content:</strong> holds preferences that will
add content from outside sources to your OPAC and Staff Client.  This
is where you can turn on cover images, FRBR and tagging.</li>
+		<li><strong>Authorities: </strong>holds preference related to
handling authority records.</li>
+		<li><strong>Cataloging:</strong> holds preferences that control the
cataloging functions.  This is where you choose your MARC flavor, set
up Z39.50 and barcoding.</li>
+		<li><strong>Circulation:</strong> holds preferences that control
circulation functions such as holds and  fines.</li>
+		<li><strong>I18N/L10N:</strong> holds preferences related to
internationalization and localization such as date formats and
languages.</li>
+		<li><strong>Logs</strong>: turn on/off logging functionality in
your system.</li>
+		<li><strong>OAI-PMH:</strong> this function is still experimental,
so it's best to leave these preferences at their default.</li>
+		<li><strong>OPAC: </strong>customize the OPAC and OPAC functions
(aside from the Enhanced Content preferences).</li>
+		<li><strong>Patrons: </strong>holds preferences that control how
your system handles patron functions.  Some preferences include the
minimum password length and membership number settings.</li>
+		<li><strong>Searching:</strong> holds preference related to
advanced search functions such as removing stop words or allowing
stemming.</li>
+		<li><strong>Staff Client: </strong>customize the staff client by
editing the stylesheet and navigation menu.</li>
+		<li><strong>Local Use: </strong>this tab will usually be empty
unless your library has a preference just for your library.</li>
+	</ul><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/z3950servers.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/z3950servers.tmpl
index d1080e8..d0bc350 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/z3950servers.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/admin/z3950servers.tmpl
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->

 <h1>Z39.50 servers administration</h1>
+
 <p>Defines the Z39.50 servers you want Koha to search.</p>

 <p>Koha comes with one Z39.50 server site defined (the U.S. Library
of Congress) for finding catalog records to import directly into your
catalog. In this area, you can define other servers for searching.</p>
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/bull/bull-home.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/bull/bull-home.tmpl
index 6f66566..da66d01 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/bull/bull-home.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/bull/bull-home.tmpl
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->

-	<h1>Serials subscription help</h1>
-	<p>Search for a subscription by using the filter button (with a ISSN
or a title). If you enter a title, you can use the wildcard % :
entering <b>%Times%</b> returns every subscription containing Times in
the title. Entering <b>New York%</b> returns every subscription with
title starting with New York</p>
+<h1>Serials subscription help</h1>
+
+<p>Search for a subscription by using the filter button (with a ISSN
or a title). If you enter a title, you can use the wildcard % :
entering <b>%Times%</b> returns every subscription containing Times in
the title. Entering <b>New York%</b> returns every subscription with
title starting with New York</p>
 	<p>If you want to create a new subscription, click on "Add subscription"</p>

 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE name="help-bottom.inc" -->
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/bull/statecollection.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/bull/statecollection.tmpl
index 422ffa0..b53a70c 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/bull/statecollection.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/bull/statecollection.tmpl
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->

-	<h1>Serials issues and summary</h1>
-	<p>This screen is divided in 2 parts</p>
+<h1>Serials issues and summary</h1>
+
+<p>This screen is divided in 2 parts</p>
 	<h2>The right part</h2>
 	<p>The right part deals with issues. When you create a new
subscription, the 1st issue is automatically calculated. When you
want/need, you can define issues that have a new status:</p>
 	<ul>
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/bull/subscription-add.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/bull/subscription-add.tmpl
index 29c4e16..e9104ee 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/bull/subscription-add.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/bull/subscription-add.tmpl
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->

-	<h1>Serials subscription add and modify help</h1>
+<h1>Serials subscription add and modify help</h1>
 	<ul>
 		<h2>Subscription information bloc</h2>
 		<p>it contains the name of the librarian that created the
subscription, the name of the supplier providing the subscription, the
cost and the budget affected. It also contains the title of the biblio
managed by the subscription.</p>
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/bull/subscription-detail.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/bull/subscription-detail.tmpl
index bc5a40e..c862fc5 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/bull/subscription-detail.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/bull/subscription-detail.tmpl
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->

-	<h1>Serials subscription detail help</h1>
+<h1>Serials subscription detail help</h1>
 	In this screen, you can see subscription detail, and modify it if you need.
 	<ul>
 		<h2>Subscription information bloc</h2>
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/catalogue/issuehistory.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/catalogue/issuehistory.tmpl
index e4d36e5..8e6a013 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/catalogue/issuehistory.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/catalogue/issuehistory.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h1>Checkout History</h1><p>This tab will provide you with
information on the circulation history for this item.&nbsp; Including
the due date or return date and the patron information (if you are
keeping track of this data). </p>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Checkout History</h1>
+
+<p>This tab will provide you with information on the circulation
history for this item.  Including the due date or return date and the
patron information (if you are keeping track of this data).</p>
+
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/catalogue/moredetail.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/catalogue/moredetail.tmpl
index 48a5d45..6700de5 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/catalogue/moredetail.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/catalogue/moredetail.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h1>Item Details</h1><p>This page provides information regarding all
of the items attached to a record.&nbsp; From here you can easily mark
and item lost, damaged or withdrawn.&nbsp; You can slo view the
circulation history or edit the items. </p>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Item Details</h1>
+
+<p>This page provides information regarding all of the items attached
to a record.  From here you can easily mark and item lost, damaged or
withdrawn.  You can slo view the circulation history or edit the
items.</p>
+
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/catalogue/search.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/catalogue/search.tmpl
index 9dfed82..8c334fb 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/catalogue/search.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/catalogue/search.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,71 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h1>Searching</h1><p>To see more search options click [More Options]
at the bottom of the page.&nbsp; This will allow for more advanced
boolean searching. </p><h2>Searching Subtypes on the Staff Client<br
/></h2><p> Below is a run through the various pieces of the advanced
search limit:<br /> <br /> The index name is 'aud' and it's derived
from 008/22<br /> AUDIENCE<br /> <br />  &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;
&nbsp; &nbsp;aud:a Easy<br />  &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;
&nbsp;aud:c Juvenile<br />  &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;
&nbsp;aud:d Young adult<br />  &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;
&nbsp;aud:e Adult<br /> <br /> CONTENT<br /> There are three indexes
that comprise Content: 'fic' is derived from<br /> 003/33; 'bio' is
derived from the 008/34<br /> and 'mus' is derived from LEADER/06.
Common values for each of these are:<br /> <br />  &nbsp; &nbsp;
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;fic:1 Fiction<br />  &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;fic:0 Non fiction<br />  &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;bio:b Biography<br />  &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;
&nbsp; &nbsp;mus:j Musical recording<br />  &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;mus:i Non-musical recording<br /> <br /> FORMAT<br
/> The index name is 'l-format' and it's an index of positions 007/01
and<br /> 007/02. Common values are:<br />  &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;l-format:ta Regular print<br />  &nbsp; &nbsp;
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;l-format:tb Large print<br />  &nbsp;
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;l-format:fk Braille<br />  &nbsp;
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;l-format:sd CD audio<br />  &nbsp;
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;l-format:ss Cassette recording<br />
 &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;l-format:vf VHS tape /
Videocassette<br />  &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;
&nbsp;l-format:vd DVD video / Videodisc<br />  &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;l-format:co CD Software<br />  &nbsp; &nbsp;
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;l-format:cr Website<br /> <br /> ADDITIONAL
CONTENT TYPES<br /> The index name is 'ctype' is taken from the 008
and it's where we get<br /> the 'additional content types'. It's
position 008/24-28 field.<br /> &nbsp;Common values are:<br />  &nbsp;
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;ctype:a Abstracts/summaries<br />
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;ctype:b Bibliographies<br />
<br />  &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;ctype:c Catalogs<br
/>  &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;ctype:d Dictionaries<br
/>  &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;ctype:e Encyclopedias<br
/>  &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;ctype:f Handbooks<br />
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;ctype:g Legal articles<br />
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;ctype:i Indexes<br /> <br />
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;ctype:j Patent document<br />
 &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;ctype:k Discographies<br />
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;ctype:l Legislation<br />
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;ctype:m Theses<br />  &nbsp;
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;ctype:n Surveys<br />  &nbsp; &nbsp;
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;ctype:o Reviews<br /> <br />  &nbsp; &nbsp;
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;ctype:p Programmed texts<br />  &nbsp;
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;ctype:q Filmographies<br />  &nbsp;
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;ctype:r Directories<br />  &nbsp;
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;ctype:s Statistics<br />  &nbsp;
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;ctype:t Technical reports<br />
&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;ctype:v Legal cases and case
notes<br /> <br />  &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;ctype:w
Law reports and digests<br />  &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;
&nbsp;ctype:z Treaties<br />&nbsp;</p>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Searching</h1>
+
+<p>To see more search options click [More Options] at the bottom of
the page.&nbsp; This will allow for more advanced boolean
searching.</p>
+
+<h2>Searching Subtypes on the Staff Client</h2>
+
+<p>Below is a summary of  the various pieces of the advanced search limit: </p>
+
+<h3>AUDIENCE</h3>
+
+<p>The index name is 'aud' and it's derived from 008/22</p>
+
+<ul><li>aud:a Easy</li>
+<li>aud:c Juvenile</li>
+<li>aud:d Young adult</li>
+<li>aud:e Adult</li></ul>
+
+<h3>CONTENT</h3>
+
+<p>There are three indexes that comprise Content: 'fic' is derived
from 003/33; 'bio' is derived from the 008/34 and 'mus' is derived
from LEADER/06. Common values for each of these are:</p>
+
+<ul><li>fic:1 Fiction</li>
+<li>fic:0 Non fiction</li>
+<li>bio:b Biography</li>
+<li>mus:j Musical recording</li>
+<li>mus:i Non-musical recording</li></ul>
+
+<h3>FORMAT</h3>
+
+<p>The index name is 'l-format' and it's an index of positions 007/01
and 007/02. Common values are:</p>
+
+<ul><li>l-format:ta Regular print</li>
+<li>l-format:tb Large print</li>
+<li>l-format:fk Braille</li>
+<li>l-format:sd CD audio</li>
+<li>l-format:ss Cassette recording</li>
+<li>l-format:vf VHS tape / Videocassette</li>
+<li>l-format:vd DVD video / Videodisc</li>
+<li>l-format:co CD Software</li>
+<li>l-format:cr Website</li></ul>
+
+<h3>ADDITIONAL CONTENT TYPES</h3>
+
+<p>The index name is 'ctype' is taken from the 008 and it's where we
get the 'additional content types'. It's position 008/24-28 field.
Common values are: </p>
+
+<ul><li>ctype:a Abstracts/summaries</li>
+<li>ctype:b Bibliographies
+<li>ctype:c Catalogs</li>
+<li>ctype:d Dictionaries</li>
+<li>ctype:e Encyclopedias</li>
+<li>ctype:f Handbooks</li>
+<li>ctype:g Legal articles</li>
+<li>ctype:i Indexes
+<li>ctype:j Patent document</li>
+<li>ctype:k Discographies</li>
+<li>ctype:l Legislation</li>
+<li>ctype:m Theses</li>
+<li>ctype:n Surveys</li>
+<li>ctype:o Reviews
+<li>ctype:p Programmed texts</li>
+<li>ctype:q Filmographies</li>
+<li>ctype:r Directories</li>
+<li>ctype:s Statistics</li>
+<li>ctype:t Technical reports</li>
+<li>ctype:v Legal cases and case notes
+<li>ctype:w Law reports and digests</li>
+<li>ctype:z Treaties</li></ul>
+
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/cataloguing/addbooks.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/cataloguing/addbooks.tmpl
index 7b3a823..5a53d54 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/cataloguing/addbooks.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/cataloguing/addbooks.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
- <h1>Cataloguing Help</h1><h2>How to edit a bibliographic record?</h2>
+
+<h1>Cataloguing Help</h1><h2>How to edit a bibliographic record?</h2>

 <p>To edit a bibliographic record, use the cataloging search to find
the record. This can be done either via the cataloging interface or
the catalogue search. A search with in the Cataloging module will
search the catalogue and the reservior (see below).</p>

diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/cataloguing/additem.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/cataloguing/additem.tmpl
index 7dae94d..ccaf1bf 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/cataloguing/additem.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/cataloguing/additem.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,9 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h1 id="l:ga2"><font size="4" id="ux-l">Adding item details</font>
</h1>     <h2 id="cxqq"> </h2> After saving a MARC record, you are
presented with a screen to add item details (or, local holdings). This
is where you define the location of the item (home branch), the cost
of the item, the barcode, etc. <br /><br /><ul><li>Click 'Add Item'
after entering the data for your item</li><li>A confirmation will
appear with the item information</li><li>From here you can edit the
item or add another item</li></ul>
-</div>
+
+<h1>Adding item details</h1>
+
+<p>After saving a MARC record, you are presented with a screen to add
item details (or, local holdings). This is where you define the
location of the item (home branch), the cost of the item, the barcode,
etc. </p>
+
+<ul><li>Click 'Add Item' after entering the data for your
item</li><li>A confirmation will appear with the item
information</li><li>From here you can edit the item or add another
item</li></ul>
+
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/billing.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/billing.tmpl
index d5c6821..9be63ee 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/billing.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/billing.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,8 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main"> <font size="4"
id="v7lc11"><span><strong>Billing</strong></span></font><br /> <br
/>This report will list all outstanding bills for your library
system.<br /><div id="d6jb" style="padding: 1em 0pt; text-align:
left">Filters on the left hand side can help limit the results
displayed in this report.<br /></div> </div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+	
+<h3>Billing</h3>
+
+<p>This report will list all outstanding bills for your library system.</p>
+<p>Filters on the left hand side can help limit the results displayed
in this report.</p>
+
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/branchoverdues.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/branchoverdues.tmpl
index a70fdcc..5111e0d 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/branchoverdues.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/branchoverdues.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,8 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<font size="4" id="v7lc8"><span><strong>Overdue
fines</strong></span></font> <br /><br />This report will not show
items that are so long overdue that the system has marked them
'Lost'<br /><br />Once open the report can be filtered by the shelving
location.
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+	
+<h3>Overdue fines</h3>
+
+<p>This report will not show items that are so long overdue that the
system has marked them 'Lost'</p>
+
+<p>Once open the report can be filtered by the shelving location.</p>
+
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/branchtransfers.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/branchtransfers.tmpl
index 0265b91..841ef84 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/branchtransfers.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/branchtransfers.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,24 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<font size="4" id="x64b"><strong>Circulation
Transfers</strong></font><br /><br /><p id="d1-30"><font size="2"
id="d1-31">This tool allows temporary reassignment of an item to
another branch.</font></p>  <ul><li><font size="2" id="x64b3">Click
'Transfer' on the Circulation menu<br /></font></li><li><font size="2"
id="rdfo2">Choose the library you want to transfer the book to from
the pull down<br /></font></li><li><font size="2" id="yl_j1">Scan to
type the barcode for the book you want to transfer into the barcode
field<br /></font><ul><li><font size="2" id="bpue2">If you try to
transfer and item the library it's already at you will be presented
with a message to the right of the transfer form telling you that the
item is already at the library </font></li></ul></li><li><font
size="2" id="b_8s1">You will be presented with a confirmation of
transfer requests below the transfer form after hitting 'Submit'<br
/></font></li><li><font size="2" id="tlqa2">When looking at the item
record, the 'Home Library' will still remain, but the 'Current
Location' has changed<br />     </font></li></ul>     <h2
id="d1-32"><font size="2" id="d1-33"><a
id="qhow_do_i_use_circulation_transfers"
name="qhow_do_i_use_circulation_transfers"></a></font></h2>
+
+<h1>Circulation Transfers</h1>
+
+<p>
+   This tool allows temporary reassignment of an item to another branch.</p>
+	<ul>
+		<li>	
+	   Click 'Transfer' on the Circulation menu</li>
+		<li>	
+	   Choose the library you want to transfer the book to from the pull down</li>
+		<li>	
+	   Scan to type the barcode for the book you want to transfer into
the barcode field
+		<ul>
+			<li>		
+		   If you try to transfer and item the library it's already at you
will be presented with a message to the right of the transfer form
telling you that the item is already at the library</li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>	
+	   You will be presented with a confirmation of transfer requests
below the transfer form after hitting 'Submit'</li>
+		<li>	
+	   When looking at the item record, the 'Home Library' will still
remain, but the 'Current Location' has changed</li>
+	</ul>
+	
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/circulation-home.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/circulation-home.tmpl
index 2a991b5..86221f6 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/circulation-home.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/circulation-home.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
- <h1>Circulation Help</h1><h2>What can I do in Circulation?</h2>
+
+<h1>Circulation Help</h1><h2>What can I do in Circulation?</h2>

 <p>Circulation is where items are check out and in to patrons. Some
libraries use different nomeclature for these functions.</p><p>Koha
uses the following terms:</p><ul><li><strong>Check Out </strong>=
issue an item to a patron</li><li><strong>Check In</strong> = return
an item from a patron</li><li><strong>Transfer</strong> = used to
change the holding branch of an item </li><li><strong>Holds</strong> =
items that patrons have placed a request on (called
&quot;reserves&quot; in some libraries - not to be confused with
&quot;Course Reserves&quot; used in academimc libraries)</li></ul><br
/><h3>INFORMATION: BRANCH AND PRINTER SETTINGS.
 </h3> Before you begin, it is very important that you take note of
the branch and printer settings and change them if necessary. This
should only have to be done the first time you do circulations from a
workstation, after which a browser cookie will remember the correct
settings. If you do circulations under the wrong branch settings then
Koha will reset the location of all items scanned to the incorrect
branch and the statistical reports will credit all circulations to the
wrong branch
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/circulation.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/circulation.tmpl
index 0882417..18fe94a 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/circulation.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/circulation.tmpl
@@ -1,16 +1,12 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h1>Circulation Check Out (Issues)
-</h1>
-<h2>Q: How do I check out an item to a patron?
-</h2> <p> A: Start by scanning the patron&rsquo;s barcode or type in
their name to find their account. Once Koha has found the patron, you
will see a new form for scanning or typing the item&rsquo;s
identifying number (usually a barcode). If the item can be checked out
without problems, it will be done immediately and shown with other
patron checkouts at bottom. </p>
-<h2>Q: How do I set up a sticky date?
-</h2><p>A: If you wish to have this item and all subsequent items in
this transaction to have a date due other than the default date due
defined for the item type, use the &ldquo;Sticky Due Date&rdquo; to
set the date due before scanning the first item. </p>
-<h2>Q: What to do I do if there is a problem with a checkout?
-</h2> <p>A: If there is a problem with an checkout, then a box will
appear and ask for confirmation, if possible. Confirming will override
the system and check out the item. </p>
-<h2>Q: What can I do with a blocked checkout?
-</h2> <p> A:  If the checking out is really impossible (for example,
the barcode does not exist), then you can&rsquo;t confirm the
checkout.    </p>
-<h2>Q: What happens if an item is checked out to another patron?
-</h2><p> A: Confirming will checkout the check out and automatically
check in the item from the other patron account.   </p>
+
+<h1>Circulation Check Out (Issues)</h1>
+
+<h2>Q: How do I check out an item to a patron?</h2> <p> A: Start by
scanning the patron&rsquo;s barcode or type in their name to find
their account. Once Koha has found the patron, you will see a new form
for scanning or typing the item&rsquo;s identifying number (usually a
barcode). If the item can be checked out without problems, it will be
done immediately and shown with other patron checkouts at bottom. </p>
+<h2>Q: How do I set up a sticky date?</h2><p>A: If you wish to have
this item and all subsequent items in this transaction to have a date
due other than the default date due defined for the item type, use the
&ldquo;Sticky Due Date&rdquo; to set the date due before scanning the
first item. </p>
+<h2>Q: What to do I do if there is a problem with a checkout?</h2>
<p>A: If there is a problem with an checkout, then a box will appear
and ask for confirmation, if possible. Confirming will override the
system and check out the item. </p>
+<h2>Q: What can I do with a blocked checkout?</h2> <p> A:  If the
checking out is really impossible (for example, the barcode does not
exist), then you can&rsquo;t confirm the checkout.    </p>
+<h2>Q: What happens if an item is checked out to another
patron?</h2><p> A: Confirming will checkout the check out and
automatically check in the item from the other patron account.   </p>
 <h3>INFORMATION: BRANCH AND PRINTER SETTINGS.
 </h3> <p>Before you begin, it is very important that you take note of
the branch and printer settings and change them if necessary. This
should only have to be done the first time you do circulations from a
workstation, after which a browser cookie will remember the correct
settings. If you do circulations under the wrong branch settings then
Koha will reset the location of all items scanned to the incorrect
branch and the statistical reports will credit all circulations to the
wrong branch. </p>

diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/overdue.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/overdue.tmpl
index 2a1b241..748f1b1 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/overdue.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/overdue.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,9 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<font size="4"
id="rxos1"><span><strong>Overdues</strong></span></font><br /><br
/>This page will show you all items that are overdue as of today.<br
/><br />This report offers a couple options for handing overdues:<br
/><br /><ul><li>You can click the [email] link next to the patron's
name to send an email notification about the overdue item</li><li>You
can export this data as a CSV file by clicking 'Download file of all
overdues'</li></ul>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Overdues</h1>
+
+<p>This page will show you all items that are overdue as of
today.<br/><br/>This report offers a couple options for handing
overdues:</p>
+		<ul>
+			<li>You can click the [email] link next to the patron's name to
send an email notification about the overdue item</li>
+			<li>You can export this data as a CSV file by clicking 'Download
file of all overdues'</li>
+		</ul>
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/pendingreserves.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/pendingreserves.tmpl
index d5f58b4..38f782a 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/pendingreserves.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/pendingreserves.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,17 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
- <h1>Pending Holds Help</h1><h2>What is a &quot;Pending
Hold&quot;?</h2>  <p>A Pending Hold is a Hold that has been placed by
a Patron that has not been &quot;Filled&quot;. Where Filled means that
the item is now ready for the Patron to pick up. </p><p>This report
indicates all the items that have Holds on them that are currently
held on the library shelves or stack. </p>  <h2>How does an Hold come
off this list?</h2>  <p>Locate the Item on the shelf and then in
Circulation, scan or enter the barcode of the item to Check In the
item. The item has now been &quot;seen&quot; by Koha and the status
has changed. The item will now appear on the &quot;Holds Awaiting
Pickup&quot; report.</p><p><br /><br /><span style="background-color:
#ffe599">TIP: This report is only applicable if the ReserveNeedReturn
system preference is on.</span></p><ul><li><em>Get there:</em> More
&gt; Administration &gt; General Preferences &gt; Circulation
</li></ul>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Pending Holds Help</h1>
+
+<h2>What is a &quot;Pending Hold&quot;?</h2>
+
+<p>A Pending Hold is a Hold that has been placed by a Patron that has
not been &quot;Filled&quot;. Where Filled means that the item is now
ready for the Patron to pick up.</p>
+<p>This report indicates all the items that have Holds on them that
are currently held on the library shelves or stack.</p>
+
+<h2>How does an Hold come off this list?</h2>
+<p>Locate the Item on the shelf and then in Circulation, scan or
enter the barcode of the item to Check In the item. The item has now
been &quot;seen&quot; by Koha and the status has changed. The item
will now appear on the &quot;Holds Awaiting Pickup&quot; report.</p>
+<p style="background-color: #ffe599">   TIP: This report is only
applicable if the ReserveNeedReturn system preference is on.</p>
+	<ul>
+		<li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt; Administration &gt; General
Preferences &gt; Circulation</li>
+	</ul>
+	
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/reserveratios.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/reserveratios.tmpl
index 3bd1261..2778d9e 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/reserveratios.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/reserveratios.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<font size="4" id="v7lc3"><span><strong>Hold
ratios</strong></span></font><br /> <br /> This will show you the
number of items you have to order for your library to meet your
library's hold per item ratio.&nbsp; By default it will be set to the
library needing 3 items per hold that has been placed.&nbsp; The
report will tell you how many additional items need to be purchased to
meet this quota.
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Hold ratios</h1>
+
+<p>This will show you the number of items you have to order for your
library to meet your library's hold per item ratio. By default it will
be set to the library needing 3 items per hold that has been placed.
The report will tell you how many additional items need to be
purchased to meet this quota.</p>
+
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/returns.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/returns.tmpl
index 3ce2715..e40da0e 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/returns.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/returns.tmpl
@@ -1,11 +1,10 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
+
 <h1>Circulation Check In (Returns)</h1>
-<h2>How do I&nbsp; check in (return) an item?
-</h2><p>Simply scan or type the returned item's identifying number
(usually a barcode) in the box provided.</p>
-<h2>What happens if a patron has debts?
-</h2><p>A red box will alert you. Fines are calculated and posted the
following day.</p><p>If you know the items all have fines or debts
associated with them, you can chose to &quot;Forgive All Debts&quot;
by using the Check box. By usiing this check box, no charges will be
placed against the patrons account.</p>
-<h2>What happens if the item is on reserve?
-</h2><p>A red typed alert saying &quot;Reserve Found&quot; will be
displayed along with the Reserve listing information. Click on the
confirm button to proceed. If the item is confirmed than the items
status will be changed to &quot;waiting&quot;. If the item is
requested by someone in another branch, then you must validate the
transfer.</p> <h3>WARNING: BRANCH AND PRINTING SETTINGS.
+
+<h2>How do I&nbsp; check in (return) an item?</h2><p>Simply scan or
type the returned item's identifying number (usually a barcode) in the
box provided.</p>
+<h2>What happens if a patron has debts?</h2><p>A red box will alert
you. Fines are calculated and posted the following day.</p><p>If you
know the items all have fines or debts associated with them, you can
chose to &quot;Forgive All Debts&quot; by using the Check box. By
usiing this check box, no charges will be placed against the patrons
account.</p>
+<h2>What happens if the item is on reserve?</h2><p>A red typed alert
saying &quot;Reserve Found&quot; will be displayed along with the
Reserve listing information. Click on the confirm button to proceed.
If the item is confirmed than the items status will be changed to
&quot;waiting&quot;. If the item is requested by someone in another
branch, then you must validate the transfer.</p> <h3>WARNING: BRANCH
AND PRINTING SETTINGS.
 </h3><p>Before you begin, it is very important that you take note of
the branch and printer settings and change them if necessary. This
should only have to be done the first time you do circulations (or
returns) from a workstation, after which a browser cookie will
remember the correct settings. If you do returns under the wrong
branch settings Koha will reset the location of all items scanned to
the incorrect branch</p>

 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE name="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/selectbranchprinter.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/selectbranchprinter.tmpl
index 05556ca..d8cf68e 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/selectbranchprinter.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/selectbranchprinter.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,35 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h2 id="r3rl"><font size="4" id="p5.3">Set Library:</font></h2> <font
size="2" id="p5.30">There are three ways to set your home branch.<br
/> <br /> <span style="color: #ff0000">IMPORTANT:&nbsp; You will not
be able to perform circulation functions without first setting a
library.</span><br /> <br /> </font> <ul><li><font size="2"
id="p5.31">Most commonly the home branch is set when adding a staff
patron.&nbsp; (See the Adding Staff Patrons part of this manual). When
staff members login their home branch will be set automatically.&nbsp;
You can see that branch in the top right of the staff
client</font></li><li><font size="2" id="p5.33">If a library is not
set you will see a notice to that affect.<br /></font></li><li><font
size="2" id="p5.35">To set the library you can click '(Set)' to the
right of the 'NO_LIBRARY_SET' label</font></li><li><font size="2"
id="p5.36">The other way to set the library is to click 'Set library'
on the main circulation page</font></li><li><font size="2"
id="p5.38">Choose your home branch from the menu you are presented
with</font></li><li><font size="2" id="p5.313">Click 'Submit'<br />
 </font></li></ul>  <h2 id="l0of1"><font size="2" id="p5.318">What is
a home branch? </font></h2> <p id="r3rl0"><font size="2" id="p5.319">
The home branch is the branch you want recorded as the origination of
circulation functions while you are logged in. <br /> </font></p>  <p
id="g5593"><font size="2" id="g5594">For example, if your home branch
is set to 'Main Library', any items checked out to a patron on your
terminal will be considered by Koha to be checked out from the
</font><font size="2" id="ldos0">'Main Library'</font><font size="2"
id="ldos1"> branch. An item transferred on that computer will be
recorded as transferred from the 'Main Library' branch. </font></p>
<h2 id="r3rl4"><font size="2" id="p5.323">Why would I want to set a
home branch? </font></h2> <p id="r3rl5"><font size="2" id="p5.324">
Setting your home branch is critical. It enables Koha to accurately
record statistics, circulation (what branch an item has been checked
out from or returned to), and transfers. </font></p> <br />
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Set Library:</h1>
+
+<p>There are three ways to set your home branch.</p>
+    <p style="color: #ff0000">
+IMPORTANT: You will not be able to perform circulation functions
without first setting a library.</p>
+	<ul>
+		<li>	
+	   Most commonly the home branch is set when adding a staff patron.
(See the Adding Staff Patrons part of this manual). When staff members
login their home branch will be set automatically. You can see that
branch in the top right of the staff client</li>
+		<li>	
+	   If a library is not set you will see a notice to that affect.</li>
+		<li>	
+	   To set the library you can click '(Set)' to the right of the
'NO_LIBRARY_SET' label</li>
+		<li>	
+	   The other way to set the library is to click 'Set library' on the
main circulation page</li>
+		<li>	
+	   Choose your home branch from the menu you are presented with</li>
+		<li>	
+	   Click 'Submit'</li>
+	</ul>
+	
+	<h2>What is a home branch?</h2>
+<p>
+   The home branch is the branch you want recorded as the origination
of circulation functions while you are logged in.</p>
+<p>
+   For example, if your home branch is set to 'Main Library', any
items checked out to a patron on your terminal will be considered by
Koha to be checked out from the
+   'Main Library'
+   branch. An item transferred on that computer will be recorded as
transferred from the 'Main Library' branch.</p>
+
+   <h2>Why would I want to set a home branch?</h2>
+<p>
+   Setting your home branch is critical. It enables Koha to
accurately record statistics, circulation (what branch an item has
been checked out from or returned to), and transfers.</p>
+
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/transferstoreceive.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/transferstoreceive.tmpl
index bf8ca7e..1d30f88 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/transferstoreceive.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/transferstoreceive.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,14 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h1>Transfers To Receive Help</h1><p><font id="vvu_0"
color="#000000"></font><font id="d3pn0" color="#000000">This report
depends on the system preference 'TransfersMaxDaysWarning'.&nbsp; If
items are not transferred by the number of days defined in this
preference a warning will be issued via the 'check this transfer'
link.<br /></font></p><ul><li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt;
Administration &gt; General Preferences &gt; Circulation &gt;
TransfersMaxDaysWarning</li></ul><p>&nbsp;</p><h2>What is a Transfer
To Receive?</h2>  <p>This report shows all the items from other
libraries/branches that are in transit to your branch. The status of
all these items is marked as &quot;In Transit&quot;</p>  <h2>How do I
process a Transfer To Receive?</h2>  <p>Once the item has physically
arrived in your branch, click &quot;Receive Item&quot;. This will
change the status of the item from &quot;In Transit&quot; to
&quot;Waiting&quot;. The item will now show on the &quot;Holds
Awaiting Pick Up&quot; report.</p>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Transfers To Receive Help</h1>
+
+<p>This report depends on the system preference
'TransfersMaxDaysWarning'. If items are not transferred by the number
of days defined in this preference a warning will be issued via the
'check this transfer' link.</p>
+	<ul>
+		<li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt; Administration &gt; General
Preferences &gt; Circulation &gt; TransfersMaxDaysWarning</li>
+	</ul>
+	
+<h2>What is a Transfer To Receive?</h2>
+<p>This report shows all the items from other libraries/branches that
are in transit to your branch. The status of all these items is marked
as &quot;In Transit&quot;</p>
+
+<h2>How do I process a Transfer To Receive?</h2>
+<p>Once the item has physically arrived in your branch, click
&quot;Receive Item&quot;. This will change the status of the item from
&quot;In Transit&quot; to &quot;Waiting&quot;. The item will now show
on the &quot;Holds Awaiting Pick Up&quot; report.</p>
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/view_holdsqueue.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/view_holdsqueue.tmpl
index 715b2d1..b34b65c 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/view_holdsqueue.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/view_holdsqueue.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,14 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<font size="4" id="y5ja0"><span><strong>Holds
Queue</strong></span></font><br /><p id="vuk-2">This report lists the
next hold waiting (one per biblio) depending on how system preferences
are set<br /></p><ul><li>StaticHoldsQueueWeight<br />Allows the
library to specify a list of library location codes -- if used alone,
it will rank the list statically, selecting the top-ranking available
location to be added to the
picklist.</li><li>RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight<br />If
'RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight' and 'StaticHoldsQueueWeight' are set, the
list of library codes in the 'StaticHoldsQueueWeight' system
preference are randomized rather than statically ranked. If
RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight alone is set, the list of all available
library codes is used to randomize the weight.</li></ul><br />If
neither 'RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight' or 'StaticHoldsQueueWeight' is
set, the holds queue is statically ranked according to how they are
pulled out of the system database.<br /><ul><li><em>Get there:
</em>More &gt; Administration &gt; General Preferences &gt;
Circulation</li></ul>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Holds Queue</h1>
+
+<p>This report lists the next hold waiting (one per biblio) depending
on how system preferences are set</p>
+		<ul>
+			<li>StaticHoldsQueueWeight<br/>Allows the library to specify a
list of library location codes -- if used alone, it will rank the list
statically, selecting the top-ranking available location to be added
to the picklist.</li>
+			<li>RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight<br/>If 'RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight'
and 'StaticHoldsQueueWeight' are set, the list of library codes in the
'StaticHoldsQueueWeight' system preference are randomized rather than
statically ranked. If RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight alone is set, the list
of all available library codes is used to randomize the weight.</li>
+		</ul><br/>If neither 'RandomizeHoldsQueueWeight' or
'StaticHoldsQueueWeight' is set, the holds queue is statically ranked
according to how they are pulled out of the system database.<br/>
+		<ul>
+			<li><em>Get there: </em>More &gt; Administration &gt; General
Preferences &gt; Circulation</li>
+		</ul>
+
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/waitingreserves.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/waitingreserves.tmpl
index a27910f..f052c4b 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/waitingreserves.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/circ/waitingreserves.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<font size="4" id="v7lc0"><span><strong>Holds awaiting
pickup</strong></span></font><br /> <br />List the holds that are
ready &amp; await for the patron to take them at the library
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Holds awaiting pickup</h1>
+
+<p>List the holds that are ready &amp; await for the patron to take
them at the library</p>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/labels/label-home.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/labels/label-home.tmpl
index bda449f..e6f0492 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/labels/label-home.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/labels/label-home.tmpl
@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->

- <h1>Label Printing</h1><h2>How do I print Labels using this feature?</h2>
+<h1>Label Printing</h1>
+
+<h2>How do I print Labels using this feature?</h2>

 <p>The sequence of steps is:</p><ol><li>Define a
Layout</li><li>Define a Layout Template</li><li>Merge a Layout and
Layout Template via the Label Batch&nbsp;</li></ol><h2>What is a
&quot;Layout&quot;?</h2>

@@ -10,7 +12,7 @@

 <p>A layout template is the dimensions of the sheet you are using.
You will need to either acquire the dimensions from the label
supplier, or measure them accurately.</p><p>Layout Templates will need
to be defined for each type of Label sheet or page you wish to print
to.  </p>

-<h2>What is a &quot;Label Batch&quot;? </h2>
+<h2>What is a &quot;Label Batch&quot;?</h2>

 <p>A label batch is where you take your Layout, Layout Template and
merge with the items you wish to create the labels for.</p><p>Once the
merge has been completed,  a PDF will be generated that can be used to
print the labels.</p>

diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/labels/label-profiles.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/labels/label-profiles.tmpl
index 30a67bd..f79a7f8 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/labels/label-profiles.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/labels/label-profiles.tmpl
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->

 <h1>Label Profiles</h1>
+
 <h2>What is a &quot;Printer Profile&quot;?</h2>

 <p>A printer profile is where you setup adjustments for label offset
and creep (also known as printer calibration).</p>
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/mainpage.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/mainpage.tmpl
index 7b382ff..801ffb9 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/mainpage.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/mainpage.tmpl
@@ -1,12 +1,22 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
 <h2>I can log in, what is next?</h2>

-<p>If this is your first time logging into Koha, you should now got
to Koha Administration and setup all system parameters, especially
Patron Categories.</p><p>Once you have&nbsp; set up patron categories,
you should create a new user in &quot;Patrons&quot; with super
librarian privileges. Then use that user to log in rather than the
root user set up as part of installation.</p> Here are some other
suggestions:
+<p>If this is your first time logging into Koha, you should now got
to Koha Administration and setup all system parameters, especially
Patron Categories.</p>
+
+<p>Once you have&nbsp; set up patron categories, you should create a
new user in &quot;Patrons&quot; with super librarian privileges. Then
use that user to log in rather than the root user set up as part of
installation.</p>
+
+<p>Here are some other suggestions: </p>

 <ul> <li><a href="http://kohadocs.org">Read Koha
Documentation</a></li> <li><a href="http://wiki.koha.org">Read/Write
to the Koha Wiki</a></li> <li><a
href="http://koha.org/community/mailing-lists.html">Read and
Contribute to Discussions</a></li> <li><a
href="http://bugs.koha.org">Report Koha Bugs</a></li> <li><a
href="http://wiki.koha.org/doku.php?id=en:development:git_usage">Submit
Patches to Koha using Git (Version Control System)</a></li> <li><a
href="http://koha.org/community/irc.html">Chat with Koha users and
developers</a></li> </ul>

 <h2>Can I edit the online help? </h2>

-<p>You can edit the online help through the Koha Staff Client by
clicking the &quot;Edit Help&quot; button. This feature has been
designed so that library workflow and policies can be documented
within&nbsp; Koha. </p><p><strong>IMPORTANT NOTE Online Help is
overwritten during a Koha Upgrade.</strong></p><p>As part of the
upgrade process your online help will be overwritten with the new Help
as part of the install. If you want to keep a copy of your online
help, you should instruct your System Administrator to upgrade the
Online Help directory in the Koha file tree.</p><p>The online help
directory is:</p><pre>&nbsp;/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help</pre>
+<p>You can edit the online help through the Koha Staff Client by
clicking the &quot;Edit Help&quot; button. This feature has been
designed so that library workflow and policies can be documented
within&nbsp; Koha. </p>
+
+<p><strong>IMPORTANT NOTE Online Help is overwritten during a Koha
Upgrade.</strong></p>
+
+<p>As part of the upgrade process your online help will be
overwritten with the new Help as part of the install. If you want to
keep a copy of your online help, you should instruct your System
Administrator to upgrade the Online Help directory in the Koha file
tree.</p>
+
+<p>The online help directory is:
<pre>&nbsp;/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help</pre></p>

 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE name="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/boraccount.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/boraccount.tmpl
index 59356c0..ce41889 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/boraccount.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/boraccount.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,35 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<font size="4" id="gpuq0"><span><strong>Patron
Fines</strong></span></font><br /><br />Patron fines are calculated
based on your system preferences.<br /><ul><li><span><em>Get there:
</em></span>More &gt; Administration &gt; Patrons and Circulation &gt;
Circulation and fines rules</li></ul><font size="3" id="gfl10"><br
/><span><strong>Viewing Patron Accounts</strong></span></font><br
/><br /><ul><li>Click on the 'Fines' tab under the patron information
on the left</li><li>You will see the patron's account
information</li><li>In addition to overdue fines, replacement costs
for lost items, account management fees and other library specific
fees will show on the account<ul><li><span style="background-color:
#ffe599">TIP: Marking an item Lost via the edit item page will
automatically put a fine on the patron's record for the replacement
cost of the item</span></li></ul></li><li>To pay fines, click the 'Pay
fines' tab</li><li>Each charge gives you a menu which lets you decide
whether to mark items paid or not</li><li>By choosing 'Paid' the
system assumes that a full payment is being made</li><li>Payments will
appear on the Account tab</li><li>You can also create manual
invoices/charges or apply manual credits to patron's
accounts<ul><li><span style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: If you
create a manual credit, be aware that it won't be applied to any
particular lost or late item</span></li></ul></li><li>To create a
manual invoice, click the 'Create manual invoice' tab</li><li>Enter in
the information related to the charge you're adding</li><li>The new
charge will appear on the 'Account' tab</li><li>Manual invoices can be
paid the same way as automatic fines, by clicking on 'Pay
fines'</li></ul>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Patron Fines</h1>
+Patron fines are calculated based on your system preferences.<br/>
+		<ul>
+			<li>
+<em>Get there: </em></span>More &gt; Administration &gt; Patrons and
Circulation &gt; Circulation and fines rules</li>
+		</ul>	
+<h3>Viewing Patron Accounts</h3>
+
+		<ul>
+			<li>Click on the 'Fines' tab under the patron information on the left</li>
+			<li>You will see the patron's account information</li>
+			<li>In addition to overdue fines, replacement costs for lost
items, account management fees and other library specific fees will
show on the account
+			<ul>
+				<li>
+			    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: Marking an item Lost via the edit item page will automatically
put a fine on the patron's record for the replacement cost of the
item</span></li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>To pay fines, click the 'Pay fines' tab</li>
+			<li>Each charge gives you a menu which lets you decide whether to
mark items paid or not</li>
+			<li>By choosing 'Paid' the system assumes that a full payment is
being made</li>
+			<li>Payments will appear on the Account tab</li>
+			<li>You can also create manual invoices/charges or apply manual
credits to patron's accounts
+			<ul>
+				<li>
+			    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: If you create a manual credit, be aware that it won't be applied
to any particular lost or late item</span></li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>To create a manual invoice, click the 'Create manual invoice' tab</li>
+			<li>Enter in the information related to the charge you're adding</li>
+			<li>The new charge will appear on the 'Account' tab</li>
+			<li>Manual invoices can be paid the same way as automatic fines,
by clicking on 'Pay fines'</li>
+		</ul>
+	</div>	<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/mancredit.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/mancredit.tmpl
index 370ab6b..6436b49 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/mancredit.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/mancredit.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,9 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h1>Create Manual Credit </h1><ul><li>To create a manual credit,
click the 'Create manual credit' tab</li><li>Enter in the information
related to the credit you're adding</li><li>The new credit will appear
on the 'Account' tab</li></ul>TIP: Use manual credits to pay partial
fines.
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Create Manual Credit</h1>
+		<ul>
+			<li>To create a manual credit, click the 'Create manual credit' tab</li>
+			<li>Enter in the information related to the credit you're adding</li>
+			<li>The new credit will appear on the 'Account' tab</li>
+		</ul>	TIP: Use manual credits to pay partial fines.
+	</div>	<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/maninvoice.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/maninvoice.tmpl
index 646883f..d8dc9ab 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/maninvoice.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/maninvoice.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,11 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h1>Create Manual Invoice </h1><ul><li>To create a manual invoice,
click the 'Create manual invoice' tab</li><li>Enter in the information
related to the charge you're adding</li><li>The new charge will appear
on the 'Account' tab</li><li>Manual invoices can be paid the same way
as automatic fines, by clicking on 'Pay fines'</li></ul><p>&nbsp;</p>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Create Manual Invoice</h1>
+		<ul>
+			<li>Click the 'Create manual invoice' tab</li>
+			<li>Enter in the information related to the charge you're adding</li>
+			<li>The new charge will appear on the 'Account' tab</li>
+			<li>Manual invoices can be paid the same way as automatic fines,
by clicking on 'Pay fines'</li>
+		</ul>
+
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/member-flags.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/member-flags.tmpl
index 635ab1f..137bb4a 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/member-flags.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/member-flags.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,36 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<font size="4" id="sq3l0"><span><strong>Setting Patron
Permissions</strong></span></font><br /><br />Patron permissions are
used to define the rights of staff members when in the intranet/staff
client.<br /><br /><ul><li>To alter patron permissions, click on
Patrons on the main menu at the top of the screen.</li><li>Search or
browse for the patron you'd like to edit</li><li>Click on the patron's
name from the results</li><li><div id="izbp5">Click the 'More' button
on the top right of the patron profile and choose 'Set
Permissions'</div></li><li><div id="izbp5">Choose the permissions
you'd like this patron to have</div></li><li><div id="izbp5">You can
pick as many permissions as you'd like for each staff
member</div><ul><li><span style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: If a
staff member is set to 'superlibrarian' they have access to all
functions and do not need any other permissions
checked</span></li></ul></li><li>To give staff members more granular
permissions, you can turn on the GranularPermissions system
preference<ul><li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt; Administration &gt;
General preferences &gt; Admin &gt; GranularPermissions</li><li>If
this setting is on the permissions menu will offer more granual
permissions</li><li>This allows staff members access to specific
tools<ul><li><span style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: If this
preference is turned OFF after being ON, the system reverts to the
original behavior, although the specific permissions are
retained.&nbsp; This means if a staff member has been given granular
permissions they will retain those even if this is turned
OFF</span></li></ul></li></ul></li></ul>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Setting Patron Permissions</h1>
+
+<p>Patron permissions are used to define the rights of staff members
when in the intranet/staff client.</p>
+
+		<ul>
+			<li>To alter patron permissions, click on Patrons on the main menu
at the top of the screen.</li>
+			<li>Search or browse for the patron you'd like to edit</li>
+			<li>Click on the patron's name from the results</li>
+			<li>
+				Click the 'More' button on the top right of the patron profile
and choose 'Set Permissions'
+			</li>
+			<li>
+				Choose the permissions you'd like this patron to have
+			</li>
+			<li>
+				You can pick as many permissions as you'd like for each staff member
+			<ul>
+				<li>
+			    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: If a staff member is set to 'superlibrarian' they have access to
all functions and do not need any other permissions
checked</span></li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>To give staff members more granular permissions, you can turn
on the GranularPermissions system preference
+			<ul>
+				<li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt; Administration &gt; General
preferences &gt; Admin &gt; GranularPermissions</li>
+				<li>If this setting is on the permissions menu will offer more
granual permissions</li>
+				<li>This allows staff members access to specific tools
+				<ul>
+					<li>
+				    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: If this preference is turned OFF after being ON, the system
reverts to the original behavior, although the specific permissions
are retained.  This means if a staff member has been given granular
permissions they will retain those even if this is turned
OFF</span></li>
+				</ul></li>
+			</ul></li>
+		</ul>
+	</div>	<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/member-password.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/member-password.tmpl
index 6fb5152..c16b139 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/member-password.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/member-password.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,14 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h1>Change Patron Password</h1><p>Koha cannot display existing
passwords, so this form can only be used to change a patron's username
and/or password, but not to recover an exisiting password. </p> 	<div
class="hint">The default minimum password length is 3 characters
long.&nbsp; To change this value, update your system
preferences.</div><div class="hint"><ul><li><em>Get there:</em> More
&gt; Administration &gt; Global System Preferences &gt; Patrons &gt;
minPasswordLength </li></ul></div><p>&nbsp;</p>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Change Patron Password</h1>
+
+<p>Koha cannot display existing passwords, so this form can only be
used to change a patron's username and/or password, but not to recover
an exisiting password.</p>
+		<div class="hint">	The default minimum password length is 3
characters long.  To change this value, update your system
preferences.
+		</div>
+		<div class="hint">
+			<ul>
+				<li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt; Administration &gt; Global
System Preferences &gt; Patrons &gt; minPasswordLength</li>
+			</ul>
+		</div>
+
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/memberentry.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/memberentry.tmpl
index 6fc928a..3967674 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/memberentry.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/memberentry.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,175 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h1>Add Patrons</h1>                        <font size="4"
id="yvkd"><strong>Adding a New Patron<br /><br /></strong></font><font
id="i6-n" color="#ff0000">IMPORTANT: System preferences should be
defined before adding new patrons.<br /></font><ul><li><span><em>Get
there:</em></span> More &gt; Administration&nbsp;</li></ul>Add a new
patron:<br />  <ul><li>     Click the 'New' button        </li><li>
 Choose the type of patron you'd like to add:   <ul><li>       Staff =
A user that can be configured to perform functions in the staff
client.</li><li>       Adult = A regular patron (can have child
patrons attached to it).</li><li>       Child = A patron who can have
an adult guarantor.&nbsp;     </li><li>       Organization = An
organization that can have professional patrons attached to it.
</li><li>       Professional = A patron that can have an organization
as a guarantor.&nbsp;     </li><li>       Statistical = <font
id="ycf2" color="#000000">A &quot;fake&quot; patron card. When items
are scanned on to a Statistical patron card, the items are not checked
out, but recorded.&nbsp;</font><ul><li><span style="background-color:
#ffe599">TIP: This can be used to record statistics of items that are
used, but do not get checked out, such as reference items, magazines,
etc. You can then run a report to gather the statistics from this
card</span></li></ul></li></ul></li></ul>
<ul><li>     <font id="sum212" color="#0000ff"><font id="sum213"
color="#000000">Each patron type will have slightly different
options.</font></font>   </li><font id="wbix" color="#000000"><br
/></font><li>     <font id="sum215" color="#0000ff"><font id="sum216"
color="#000000">Fill in the fields related to your patron
</font></font>   <ul><li>       <font id="sum218"
color="#0000ff"><font id="sum219" color="#000000">Note that the
Surname (or Last Name) is required for each patron as a default
setting. You can define which fields, if any, should be
required.&nbsp;</font></font><ul><li><font id="sum221"
color="#0000ff"><font id="sum222" color="#000000"><span><em>Get
there</em></span>: Administration &gt; System Preferences &gt; Patrons
&gt; BorrowerMandatoryField.</font></font></li></ul></li><font
id="l:qj" color="#000000"><br /></font><li>       <font id="sum224"
color="#0000ff"><font id="sum225" color="#000000"><span
style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: 'Initials' and 'Other name' are
great for internal use when recognizing
patrons</span></font></font></li></ul></li></ul><ul><li>     <font
id="sum228" color="#0000ff"><font id="sum229" color="#000000">If
you're adding a 'Child' or 'Professional' you will see an additional
field, asking you to define a Guarantor.          </font></font>
<ul><li>       <font id="sum231" color="#0000ff"><font id="sum232"
color="#000000">From this menu you must choose the patron record to
link to the child or professional.</font></font><ul><li><font
id="sum234" color="#0000ff"><font id="sum235" color="#000000">Click
'Find guarantor' and pick a patron from the resulting
list.</font></font><ul><li style="color: #000000"><span
style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: Only patrons of type
&quot;A&quot; (adult) are searched for when you look for guarantors
through the &quot;find guarantor&quot; interface. &nbsp;This means
that (for example) library staff (type &quot;S&quot;) and other
children (type &quot;C&quot;) cannot be found as
guarantors</span></li><li style="color: #ff0000"><font
id="sum238"><font id="sum239">IMPORTANT: Entering a patron by hand
will not work the way you'd expect - you must
search</font></font></li></ul></li></ul></li><li>       <font
id="sum241" color="#0000ff"><font id="sum242" color="#000000"><span
style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: You can define the terms used
in the Guarantor field. 'Mother' and 'Father' are default settings,
but you can add &quot;Grandparent&quot; or &quot;Legal Guardian&quot;
for instance</span> <br /></font></font><ul><li><font id="sum244"
color="#0000ff"><font id="sum245" color="#000000"><span><em>Get there:
</em></span>Administration &gt; Global system preferences &gt; Patrons
&gt; </font></font>borrowerRelationship</li></ul></li></ul></li></ul><ul><li>
    <font id="sum248" color="#0000ff"><font id="sum249"
color="#000000">If you're adding an 'Organization' you will see fewer
fields in this first section.          </font></font>   </li><li>
<font id="sum251" color="#0000ff"><font id="sum252"
color="#000000">Enter your patron's main address.<br />
</font></font>   <ul><li>       <font id="sum254"
color="#0000ff"><font id="sum255" color="#000000">The 'Street type'
dropdown menu comes from your Patrons and Circulation
parameters.</font></font>     <ul><li>         <font id="sum257"
color="#0000ff"><font id="sum258" color="#000000"><span><em>Get there:
</em></span>Administration &gt; Patrons and Circulation &gt; Road
types</font></font>       </li></ul></li><li>       <font id="sum260"
color="#0000ff"><font id="sum261" color="#000000">The City, State
dropdown menu comes from your Patrons and Circulation
parameters.</font></font>     <ul><li>         <span><em>Get there:
</em></span>Administration &gt; Patrons and circulation &gt; Cities
   </li></ul></li></ul></li><li>     Enter additional contact
information for your patron.<br />   <ul><li><span
style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: Encourage your patrons to
provide an email address. Koha will use this email address to contact
patrons when an item they reserved is available and to send overdue
notices.<br /></span></li></ul></li></ul><ul><li>     Enter an
alternate address (if you require one for your library).<ul><li><span
style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: This is handy if your patron
has a PO Box and you want their home address as well.<br
/></span></li></ul></li></ul><ul><li>     Enter in an additional
contact (if you require one for your library)</li><li>     Enter
information necessary for patron management in the library<br />
<ul><li> The card number can be auto-calculated, scanned in from a
barcode scanner or entered in by hand. The auto-calculated card number
can be turned ON and OFF in your system preferences. <br
/><ul><li><span><em>Get there</em></span>: Administration &gt; System
Preferences &gt; Patrons &gt;&nbsp; autoMemberNum.
</li></ul></li><li>       Library branches are defined in your Basic
Parameters.<br />     <ul><li>         <span><em>Get
There:</em></span> Administration &gt; Basic Parameters &gt;
Libraries, branches and groups</li></ul></li><li>       Patron
Categories are defined in Patrons and Circulation. <br />     <ul><li>
        <span><em>Get There:</em></span> Administration &gt; Patrons
and circulation &gt; Patron categories</li></ul></li><li>       The
sort fields are used for internal use and
reports.</li></ul></li></ul><ul><li>     Enter information specific to
you library policies.<br />     <br />   <ul><li>       <span
style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: Use 'Library note' for notes
you'd like your circulation staff to see.</span></li><li><span
style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: Use 'OPAC note' for notes you'd
like the patron to see. <br /></span></li><li><span
style="background-color: #ffe599"><font id="az6c"
color="#ff0000"><span style="background-color: #ffffff">IMPORTANT:
Make sure your staff understands the difference between these fields.
'Library note' is a private note that ONLY staff can view. 'OPAC note'
WILL be viewed by the patron. <br
/></span></font></span></li></ul></li></ul><ul><li>     Provide
patrons with a login for the OPAC.<ul><li><span
style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: Patrons will be able to
update/change their password via the
OPAC</span></li></ul></li></ul><ul><li>     Click 'Save' to finish the
process.   </li></ul>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Add Patrons</h1>
+
+<h2>Adding a New Patron</h2>
+   <p>IMPORTANT: System preferences should be defined before adding
new patrons.<p>
+	<ul>
+		<li>
+<em>Get there:</em></span>More &gt; Administration </li>
+	</ul>	Add a new patron:<br/>
+	<ul>
+		<li>Click the 'New' button</li>
+		<li>Choose the type of patron you'd like to add:
+		<ul>
+			<li>Staff = A user that can be configured to perform functions in
the staff client.</li>
+			<li>Adult = A regular patron (can have child patrons attached to it).</li>
+			<li>Child = A patron who can have an adult guarantor. </li>
+			<li>Organization = An organization that can have professional
patrons attached to it.</li>
+			<li>Professional = A patron that can have an organization as a
guarantor. </li>
+			<li>Statistical =		
+		   A &quot;fake&quot; patron card. When items are scanned on to a
Statistical patron card, the items are not checked out, but recorded.
+			<ul>
+				<li>
+			    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: This can be used to record statistics of items that are used,
but do not get checked out, such as reference items, magazines, etc.
You can then run a report to gather the statistics from this
card</span></li>
+			</ul></li>
+		</ul></li>
+	</ul>
+	<ul>
+		<li>	
+	   	
+	   Each patron type will have slightly different options.</li>	
+		<li>	
+	   	
+	   Fill in the fields related to your patron
+		<ul>
+			<li>		
+		   		
+		   Note that the Surname (or Last Name) is required for each patron
as a default setting. You can define which fields, if any, should be
required.
+			<ul>
+				<li>			
+
+<em>Get there</em>: Administration &gt; System Preferences &gt;
Patrons &gt; BorrowerMandatoryField.</li>
+			</ul></li>		
+			<li>		
+<span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: 'Initials' and 'Other name' are great for internal use when
recognizing patrons</span></li>
+		</ul></li>
+	</ul>
+	<ul>
+		<li>If you're adding a 'Child' or 'Professional' you will see an
additional field, asking you to define a Guarantor.
+		<ul>
+			<li>		
+		   		
+		   From this menu you must choose the patron record to link to the
child or professional.
+			<ul>
+				<li>			
+			   			
+			   Click 'Find guarantor' and pick a patron from the resulting list.
+				<ul>
+					<li>
+				    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: Only patrons of type &quot;A&quot; (adult) are searched for when
you look for guarantors through the &quot;find guarantor&quot;
interface.  This means that (for example) library staff (type
&quot;S&quot;) and other children (type &quot;C&quot;) cannot be found
as guarantors</span></li>
+					<li style="color: #ff0000">				
+				   				
+				   IMPORTANT: Entering a patron by hand will not work the way
you'd expect - you must search</li>
+				</ul></li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>		
+		   		
+		
+		    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: You can define the terms used in the Guarantor field. 'Mother'
and 'Father' are default settings, but you can add
&quot;Grandparent&quot; or &quot;Legal Guardian&quot; for
instance</span>
+			<ul>
+				<li>			
+			   			
+			
+			    <span>
+<em>Get there: </em></span>Administration &gt; Global system
preferences &gt; Patrons &gt;borrowerRelationship</li>
+			</ul></li>
+		</ul></li>
+	</ul>
+	<ul>
+		<li>	
+	   	
+	   If you're adding an 'Organization' you will see fewer fields in
this first section.</li>
+		<li>	
+	   	
+	   Enter your patron's main address.
+		<ul>
+			<li>		
+		   		
+		   The 'Street type' dropdown menu comes from your Patrons and
Circulation parameters.
+			<ul>
+				<li>			
+			   			
+			
+			    <span>
+<em>Get there: </em></span>Administration &gt; Patrons and
Circulation &gt; Road types</li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>		
+		   		
+		   The City, State dropdown menu comes from your Patrons and
Circulation parameters.
+			<ul>
+				<li>
+			    <span>
+<em>Get there: </em></span>Administration &gt; Patrons and
circulation &gt; Cities</li>
+			</ul></li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>Enter additional contact information for your patron.<br/>
+		<ul>
+			<li>
+		    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: Encourage your patrons to provide an email address. Koha will
use this email address to contact patrons when an item they reserved
is available and to send overdue notices.</span></li>
+		</ul></li>
+	</ul>
+	<ul>
+		<li>Enter an alternate address (if you require one for your library).
+		<ul>
+			<li>
+		    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: This is handy if your patron has a PO Box and you want their
home address as well.</span></li>
+		</ul></li>
+	</ul>
+	<ul>
+		<li>Enter in an additional contact (if you require one for your library)</li>
+		<li>Enter information necessary for patron management in the library
+		<ul>
+			<li>The card number can be auto-calculated, scanned in from a
barcode scanner or entered in by hand. The auto-calculated card number
can be turned ON and OFF in your system preferences.
+			<ul>
+				<li>
+			    <span>
+<em>Get there</em></span>: Administration &gt; System Preferences
&gt; Patrons &gt;  autoMemberNum.</li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>Library branches are defined in your Basic Parameters.<ul>
+				<li>
+			    <span>
+<em>Get There:</em></span>Administration &gt; Basic Parameters &gt;
Libraries, branches and groups</li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>Patron Categories are defined in Patrons and Circulation.<ul>
+				<li>
+			    <span>
+<em>Get There:</em></span>Administration &gt; Patrons and circulation
&gt; Patron categories</li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>The sort fields are used for internal use and reports.</li>
+		</ul></li>
+	</ul>
+	<ul>
+		<li>Enter information specific to you library policies.
+
+		<ul>
+			<li>
+		    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: Use 'Library note' for notes you'd like your circulation staff
to see.</span></li>
+			<li>
+		    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: Use 'OPAC note' for notes you'd like the patron to see.<br/></span></li>
+			<li>
+		    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+		   		
+		    <span style="background-color: #ffffff">
+IMPORTANT: Make sure your staff understands the difference between
these fields. 'Library note' is a private note that ONLY staff can
view. 'OPAC note' WILL be viewed by the
patron.<br/></span></span></li>
+		</ul></li>
+	</ul>
+	<ul>
+		<li>Provide patrons with a login for the OPAC.
+		<ul>
+			<li>
+		    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: Patrons will be able to update/change their password via the
OPAC</span></li>
+		</ul></li>
+	</ul>
+	<ul>
+		<li>Click 'Save' to finish the process.</li>
+	</ul><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/members-home.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/members-home.tmpl
index f3d232d..530d641 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/members-home.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/members-home.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,15 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h1>Patrons help</h1> <p>This is the Patrons module of Koha.</p>
<p>The Patrons portion stores the information you add about your
patrons.</p> <ul><li>To add a patron, type their name into the search
box and click the 'Search' button.</li><li>If there is already a
patron matching the name you searched, it will show on the results
list. <br /><ul><li>This can be particularly useful when people have
lost their cards or when children forget their cards. That way, you
can avoid having multiple numbers for the same
patron.</li></ul></li><li>Alternatively, you can browse a section of
patron by selecting the first letter of the Patron's last name from
the list on the right.</li><li>If the patron does not already have an
account, click the 'New' button and choose the patron type you'd like
to add</li></ul>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Patrons help</h1>
+
+<p>This is the Patrons module of Koha.</p>
+<p>The Patrons portion stores the information you add about your patrons.</p>
+	<ul>
+		<li>To add a patron, type their name into the search box and click
the 'Search' button.</li>
+		<li>If there is already a patron matching the name you searched, it
will show on the results list.<br/>
+		<ul>
+			<li>This can be particularly useful when people have lost their
cards or when children forget their cards. That way, you can avoid
having multiple numbers for the same patron.</li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>Alternatively, you can browse a section of patron by selecting
the first letter of the Patron's last name from the list on the
right.</li>
+		<li>If the patron does not already have an account, click the 'New'
button and choose the patron type you'd like to add</li>
+	</ul><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/messaging.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/messaging.tmpl
index 596bdd0..df7b925 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/messaging.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/messaging.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,15 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h1>Patron Messaging Preferences</h1><p>This tab allows librarians to
assign advaned messaging preferences to patrons.&nbsp; Patrons can
also set these options via the OPAC. </p><ul><li><span
style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: To turn on messaging options
you will need to turn the 'EnhancedMessagingPreferences' system
preference to 'ON'</span><ul><li><em>Get there</em>: Administration
&gt; System Preferences &gt; Patrons &gt;&nbsp;
EnhancedMessagingPreferences.</li></ul></li></ul><p>&nbsp;</p>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Patron Messaging Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>This tab allows librarians to assign advaned messaging preferences
to patrons.  Patrons can also set these options via the OPAC.</p>
+		<ul>
+			<li>
+		    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: To turn on messaging options you will need to turn the
'EnhancedMessagingPreferences' system preference to 'ON'</span>
+			<ul>
+				<li><em>Get there</em>: Administration &gt; System Preferences
&gt; Patrons &gt;  EnhancedMessagingPreferences.</li>
+			</ul></li>
+		</ul>
+
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/moremember.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/moremember.tmpl
index ebabcfc..4ff9b5c 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/moremember.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/moremember.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,12 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h1>Member Information Screen</h1> <p>This screen shows the
information associated with a given patron.</p> <p>On the top left is
their address and card number.</p> <p>A patron's annual membership fee
payment status also shows on this screen.</p><p>At the bottom of the
patron information page you will find quick access to items the patron
has checked out, overdue and on hold. </p><p>You can get information
on what a patron has read in the past by clicking on the Circulation
History button.</p>  <p>If you would like to edit a patron's
information, click the 'Edit' button.&nbsp; You can also click one of
the 'Edit' links below each section on the patron record. </p> <p>If
you would like to PERMANENTLY delete a user, click 'Delete' under
'More'. A confirmation box will appear, so don't worry about
accidentally deleting a record. Just be absolutely sure before you
delete!</p>   <p>If no patron image exists for this patron, click the
&quot;Add Patron Images&quot; link to add an image or images. The
pixel dimensions should not exceed 120 X 200. Only PNG, GIF, JPEG, XPM
formats are supported.</p>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Member Information Screen</h1>
+
+<p>This screen shows the information associated with a given patron.</p>
+<p>On the top left is their address and card number.</p>
+<p>A patron's annual membership fee payment status also shows on this
screen.</p>
+<p>At the bottom of the patron information page you will find quick
access to items the patron has checked out, overdue and on hold.</p>
+<p>You can get information on what a patron has read in the past by
clicking on the Circulation History button.</p>
+<p>If you would like to edit a patron's information, click the 'Edit'
button.  You can also click one of the 'Edit' links below each section
on the patron record.</p>
+<p>If you would like to PERMANENTLY delete a user, click 'Delete'
under 'More'. A confirmation box will appear, so don't worry about
accidentally deleting a record. Just be absolutely sure before you
delete!</p>
+<p>If no patron image exists for this patron, click the &quot;Add
Patron Images&quot; link to add an image or images. The pixel
dimensions should not exceed 120 X 200. Only PNG, GIF, JPEG, XPM
formats are supported.</p><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/pay.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/pay.tmpl
index 1a1b7eb..58a88d5 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/pay.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/pay.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,17 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h1>Pay Fines</h1><ul><li>To pay fines, click the 'Pay fines'
tab</li><li>Each charge gives you a menu which lets you decide whether
to mark items paid or not</li><li>By choosing 'Paid' the system
assumes that a full payment is being made</li><li>Payments will appear
on the Account tab</li><li>You can also create manual invoices/charges
or apply manual credits to patron's accounts<ul><li><span
style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: If you create a manual credit,
be aware that it won't be applied to any particular lost or late
item</span></li></ul></li></ul><p>&nbsp;</p>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Pay Fines</h1>
+		<ul>
+			<li>To pay fines, click the 'Pay fines' tab</li>
+			<li>Each charge gives you a menu which lets you decide whether to
mark items paid or not</li>
+			<li>By choosing 'Paid' the system assumes that a full payment is
being made</li>
+			<li>Payments will appear on the Account tab</li>
+			<li>You can also create manual invoices/charges or apply manual
credits to patron's accounts
+			<ul>
+				<li>
+			    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: If you create a manual credit, be aware that it won't be applied
to any particular lost or late item</span></li>
+			</ul></li>
+		</ul>
+
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/readingrec.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/readingrec.tmpl
index d333d4d..8c4cb9a 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/readingrec.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/members/readingrec.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,17 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h1>Patron Cirulation History Help</h1><ul><li>To see the patron's
reading history, click on the 'Circulation History' tab on the menu to
the left.</li><li><span style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: This
will only show a reading history if you have the
'intranetreadinghistory' preference turned
'ON'</span><ul><li><span><em>Get there:</em></span> Administration
&gt; Global system preferences &gt; Patrons &gt;
intranetreadinghistory</li></ul></li><li>To see the history of changes
to the patron record click on 'Modification Log' on the menu to the
left.</li></ul><p>&nbsp;</p>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Patron Cirulation History Help</h1>
+		<ul>
+			<li>To see the patron's reading history, click on the 'Circulation
History' tab on the menu to the left.</li>
+			<li>
+		    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: This will only show a reading history if you have the
'intranetreadinghistory' preference turned 'ON'</span>
+			<ul>
+				<li>
+			    <span>
+<em>Get there:</em></span>Administration &gt; Global system
preferences &gt; Patrons &gt; intranetreadinghistory</li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>To see the history of changes to the patron record click on
'Modification Log' on the menu to the left.</li>
+		</ul>
+
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/acquisitions_stats.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/acquisitions_stats.tmpl
index 89a8c1a..dd70cc8 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/acquisitions_stats.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/acquisitions_stats.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,13 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h2 id="lu4e">   Acquisitions Statistics<br /></h2> <font id="na7y"
color="#ff0000">IMPORTANT: The Acquisitions 'Wizard' is designed to be
a simple statistical snapshot,&nbsp; In each wizard, you will choose a
single category to represent 'row' and another to represent
'column'.</font><br /> <br /> <ul><li>     Go to the 'Reports' module
(usually under 'More' in your Global Nav)   </li><li>     Choose
'Acquisitions' under 'Statistics Wizards'   </li><li>     Enter in the
information you'd like to see in your repor </li><li>     Click
'Submit'</li><li>     By changing the report from 'Count items' to
'Amount' you will see the total spent</li></ul>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Acquisitions Statistics</h1>
+
+<p>   IMPORTANT: The Acquisitions 'Wizard' is designed to be a simple
statistical snapshot,&nbsp; In each wizard, you will choose a single
category to represent 'row' and another to represent 'column'.</p>
+		<ul>
+			<li>Go to the 'Reports' module (usually under 'More' in your
Global Nav)</li>
+			<li>Choose 'Acquisitions' under 'Statistics Wizards'</li>
+			<li>Enter in the information you'd like to see in your repor</li>
+			<li>Click 'Submit'</li>
+			<li>By changing the report from 'Count items' to 'Amount' you will
see the total spent</li>
+		</ul>
+	</div>	<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/bor_issues_top.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/bor_issues_top.tmpl
index de3726a..cde76be 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/bor_issues_top.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/bor_issues_top.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,16 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h2 id="ystb">   <font size="4" id="qdfx">Patrons with the most
checkouts</font> </h2> This guided report will show you which patrons
have checked out the most items.<br /> <br /> <ul><li>     Go to the
'Reports' module (usually under 'More' in your Global Nav)   </li><li>
    Choose 'Patrons with the most checkouts' under 'Top
Lists'</li><li>     Choose any filters from the top section<br />
<ul><li>       <font id="fqdv1" color="#ff0000">IMPORTANT: Choose
something other than 'None' from the 'By' field to see
results</font></li></ul></li><li>     Once you have your fields fill
in, click 'Submit'<br />     <br />     <div id="odw1" style="padding:
1em 0pt; text-align: left">       </div></li></ul>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Patrons with the most checkouts</h1>
+
+<p>This guided report will show you which patrons have checked out
the most items.</p>
+		<ul>
+			<li>Go to the 'Reports' module (usually under 'More' in your
Global Nav)</li>
+			<li>Choose 'Patrons with the most checkouts' under 'Top Lists'</li>
+			<li>Choose any filters from the top section
+			<ul>
+				<li>			
+			   IMPORTANT: Choose something other than 'None' from the 'By'
field to see results</li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>Once you have your fields fill in, click 'Submit'</li>
+		</ul>
+	</div>	<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/borrowers_out.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/borrowers_out.tmpl
index ab327f4..aa484b0 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/borrowers_out.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/borrowers_out.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,11 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h2 id="lndh">   Patrons who haven't checked out </h2> This guided
report will give you a snapshot of which (OR HOW MANY?)&nbsp; items
have not been checked out at all. You can limit these items by
branch<br /> <br /> <ul><li>     Go to the 'Reports' module (usually
under 'More' in your Global Nav)   </li><li>     Choose 'Patrons who
haven't checked out' under 'Inactive'</li><li>If you do not choose any
filters or limits, you will see all patrons who have not checked
anything out of your library</li></ul>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Patrons who haven't checked out</h1>
+
+<p>This guided report will give you a snapshot of which (OR HOW
MANY?)  items have not been checked out at all. You can limit these
items by branch</p>
+		<ul>
+			<li>Go to the 'Reports' module (usually under 'More' in your
Global Nav)</li>
+			<li>Choose 'Patrons who haven't checked out' under 'Inactive'</li>
+			<li>If you do not choose any filters or limits, you will see all
patrons who have not checked anything out of your library</li>
+		</ul>
+	</div>	<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/borrowers_stats.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/borrowers_stats.tmpl
index aa16ce3..41cd00f 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/borrowers_stats.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/borrowers_stats.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,28 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h1>Patron Statistics</h1><font id="k7433" color="#ff0000">IMPORTANT:
The Patron 'Wizard' is designed to be a simple statistical
snapshot,&nbsp; In each wizard, you will choose a single category to
represent 'row' and another to represent 'column'.</font><br /> <br />
<ul><li>     Go to the 'Reports' module (usually under 'More' in your
Global Nav)   </li><li>     Choose 'Patrons' under 'Statistics
Wizards'</li><li>       Use the radio button to choose a category for
'row' (In the case above, we've selected 'patron category' for the row
    <ul><li>         Use dropdowns to apply filters to this
category</li></ul></li><li>       Use the radio button to choose a
category for 'column' (In the case above, we've selected 'branch' for
the column)     <ul><li>&nbsp;<ul><li>         Use dropdowns to apply
filters to this category       </li></ul></li></ul></li><li> Options
without radio buttons such as 'Patron status', 'Patron activity', and
'Date of Birth' are limits you can place on the report.</li><li><span
style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: To place no limits for a
category, choose the blank field. When blank field is chosen all
categories will be included in the statistical count.</span></li><li>
Choose a method for 'outputing' (viewing) the report: Options are
'browser' or saving as a file viewable in a program like
Excel.</li><li>Click 'Submit'</li><li>For each patron category (rows),
there is a count given by branch. Each row and and columns are also
totaled       </li></ul> <div id="zwgk" style="padding: 1em 0pt;
text-align: left">             </div>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Patron Statistics</h1>
+
+<p>IMPORTANT: The Patron 'Wizard' is designed to be a simple
statistical snapshot,  In each wizard, you will choose a single
category to represent 'row' and another to represent 'column'.</p>
+		<ul>
+			<li>Go to the 'Reports' module (usually under 'More' in your
Global Nav)</li>
+			<li>Choose 'Patrons' under 'Statistics Wizards'</li>
+			<li>Use the radio button to choose a category for 'row' (In the
case above, we've selected 'patron category' for the row
+			<ul>
+				<li>Use dropdowns to apply filters to this category</li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>Use the radio button to choose a category for 'column' (In the
case above, we've selected 'branch' for the column)
+			<ul>
+				<li>
+				<ul>
+					<li>Use dropdowns to apply filters to this category</li>
+				</ul></li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>Options without radio buttons such as 'Patron status', 'Patron
activity', and 'Date of Birth' are limits you can place on the
report.</li>
+			<li>
+		    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: To place no limits for a category, choose the blank field. When
blank field is chosen all categories will be included in the
statistical count.</span></li>
+			<li>Choose a method for 'outputing' (viewing) the report: Options
are 'browser' or saving as a file viewable in a program like
Excel.</li>
+			<li>Click 'Submit'</li>
+			<li>For each patron category (rows), there is a count given by
branch. Each row and and columns are also totaled</li>
+		</ul>
+	</div>	<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/cat_issues_top.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/cat_issues_top.tmpl
index a6ced4f..d07159d 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/cat_issues_top.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/cat_issues_top.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,17 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h2 id="z1y5">   <font size="4" id="p3ri">Most -Circulated
Items</font> </h2> This guided report will show you which patrons<br
/> <br /> <ul><li>     Go to the 'Reports' module (usually under
'More' in your Global Nav)   </li><li>     Choose 'Most-Circulated
Items' under 'Top Lists'</li><li>     Choose any filters from the top
section<br />   <ul><li>       <font id="k74320"
color="#ff0000">IMPORTANT: Choose something other than 'None' from the
'By' field to see results</font></li></ul></li><li>     Once you have
your fields fill in, click 'Submit'</li></ul>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Most -Circulated Items</h1>
+
+<p>This guided report will show you which patrons</p>
+
+		<ul>
+			<li>Go to the 'Reports' module (usually under 'More' in your
Global Nav)</li>
+			<li>Choose 'Most-Circulated Items' under 'Top Lists'</li>
+			<li>Choose any filters from the top section<br/>
+			<ul>
+				<li>			
+			   IMPORTANT: Choose something other than 'None' from the 'By'
field to see results</li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>Once you have your fields filled in, click 'Submit'</li>
+		</ul>
+	</div>	<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/catalogue_out.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/catalogue_out.tmpl
index 601520c..03bb398 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/catalogue_out.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/catalogue_out.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,15 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h2 id="wutm">   <font size="4" id="kct1">Items not checked
out</font> </h2> This guided report will give you a snapshot of items
have not been checked out at all. You can limit these items by
branch<br /> <br /> <ul><li>     Go to the 'Reports' module (usually
under 'More' in your Global Nav)   </li><li>     Choose 'Items not
checked out' under 'Inactive'</li><li>If you do not choose any filters
or limits, you will see all items that have not been checked out of
your library</li><li>By choosing a limit you will change the
output</li><li>Choose a limit of 'Library'</li><li>And your results
will be sorted by Library code</li></ul>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Items not checked out</h1>
+
+<p>This guided report will give you a snapshot of items have not been
checked out at all. You can limit these items by branch</p>
+
+		<ul>
+			<li>Go to the 'Reports' module (usually under 'More' in your
Global Nav)</li>
+			<li>Choose 'Items not checked out' under 'Inactive'</li>
+			<li>If you do not choose any filters or limits, you will see all
items that have not been checked out of your library</li>
+			<li>By choosing a limit you will change the output</li>
+			<li>Choose a limit of 'Library'</li>
+			<li>And your results will be sorted by Library code</li>
+		</ul>
+	</div>	<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/catalogue_stats.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/catalogue_stats.tmpl
index 0ac2790..00026f1 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/catalogue_stats.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/catalogue_stats.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,24 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h2 id="jcfn">   Catalog Statistics </h2> <font id="xsf40"
color="#ff0000"> IMPORTANT: The Catalog 'Wizard' is designed to be a
simple statistical snapshot. You will choose a single category to
represent 'row' and another to represent 'column'.</font><br /> <br />
    <ul><li>     Go to the 'Reports' module (usually under 'More' in
your Global Nav)   </li><li>     Choose 'Catalog' (or 'Catalogue')
under 'Statistics Wizards'   </li><li>       Use the radio button to
choose a category for 'row' (In the case above, we've selected 'patron
category' for the row     <ul><li>         Use dropdowns to apply
filters to this category</li></ul></li></ul>   <ul><li>       Use the
radio button to choose a category for 'column' (In the case above,
we've selected 'branch' for the column)     <ul><li>         Use
dropdowns to apply filters to this category       </li></ul></li></ul>
  <ul><li> Choose a method for 'outputing' (viewing) the report:
Options are 'browser' or saving as a file viewable in a program like
Excel. </li><li>       Click 'Submit'<br />       </li></ul>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>   Catalog Statistics</h1>
+
+<p>IMPORTANT: The Catalog 'Wizard' is designed to be a simple
statistical snapshot. You will choose a single category to represent
'row' and another to represent 'column'.</p>
+
+	<ul>
+		<li>Go to the 'Reports' module (usually under 'More' in your Global Nav)</li>
+		<li>Choose 'Catalog' (or 'Catalogue') under 'Statistics Wizards'</li>
+		<li>Use the radio button to choose a category for 'row' (In the
case above, we've selected 'patron category' for the row
+		<ul>
+			<li>Use dropdowns to apply filters to this category</li>
+		</ul></li>
+	</ul>
+	<ul>
+		<li>Use the radio button to choose a category for 'column' (In the
case above, we've selected 'branch' for the column)
+		<ul>
+			<li>Use dropdowns to apply filters to this category</li>
+		</ul></li>
+	</ul>
+	<ul>
+		<li>Choose a method for 'outputing' (viewing) the report: Options
are 'browser' or saving as a file viewable in a program like
Excel.</li>
+		<li>Click 'Submit'</li>
+	</ul><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/dictionary.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/dictionary.tmpl
index db90e7f..6b142c0 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/dictionary.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/dictionary.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,41 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h1>Reports Dictionary Help</h1>  <h2>What is the Reports
Dictionary</h2> <p>The dictionary provides a way that you can define
custom criteria for reporting by combining existing criteria.</p>
<h2>Adding A New Definition</h2> <h3>Step 1 of 4 Name</h3> <p>At this
step you will need to fill out the following details:</p> <ol>
	<li><p>Definition Name: Short name that is used for display and
selection</p></li><li><p>Definition Description: Used within the
dictionary only to provide further detail about the
definition</p></li> 	 </ol> <h3>Step 2 of 4 Area</h3> <p>Now you will
need to select the area that you are binding the definition to.
Definitions can only be bound to one area. If you wish to use a
similar definition in say, Circulation and Patrons, you will need to
create two definitions - one for each area</p> <h3>Step 3 of 4
Columns</h3> <p>Now select the criteria that you wish to use to build
your definition. Click on the database column name and then press the
add button. Once you have selected all your desired columns, press
Next.</p> <p>Note: Definitions can be deleted easily, and if you are
still learning the structure of the Koha data, it may take a little
while to sort out which fields you require. Some trial and error may
be required.</p> <h3>Step 4 of 4 Values</h3> <p>Now you need to select
the values for each column that will make up your new criteria. There
are different ways to define the values, based on the type of data in
the column you have selected</p> <ul> 	<li><strong>Search String
Matches</strong> For free text fields in that database, enter a
string/phrase for the criteria to match on</li>
	<li><strong>Date</strong> For date fields you can either select:
		<ol> 			<li>Date Range: enter values in both date fields</li>
			<li>All Data Before A Given Date: enter a value in the XXX field
only</li> 			<li>All Data After A Given Date: enter a value in the XXX
field only</li> 		</ol> 	</li><li><strong>Select From Database
Value</strong> For data that is given an authorised value in the Koha
database, you the drop down list to select one value</li> </ul>
<h2>Using A Definition</h2> <p>Once you have created your new
definition and it shows on in the Dictionary, you can use the
definition for reporting. When you go to create a new report, the
criteria for the area you are reporting on will automatically show as
limits in the Guided Reports wizard</p>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Reports Dictionary Help</h1>
+
+<h2>What is the Reports Dictionary</h2>
+<p>The dictionary provides a way that you can define custom criteria
for reporting by combining existing criteria.</p>
+
+<h2>Adding A New Definition</h2>
+<h3>Step 1 of 4 Name</h3>
+<p>At this step you will need to fill out the following details:</p>
+	<ol>
+		<li>
+<p>Definition Name: Short name that is used for display and selection</p></li>
+		<li>
+<p>Definition Description: Used within the dictionary only to provide
further detail about the definition</p></li>
+	</ol>
+	
+	<h3>Step 2 of 4 Area</h3>
+<p>Now you will need to select the area that you are binding the
definition to. Definitions can only be bound to one area. If you wish
to use a similar definition in say, Circulation and Patrons, you will
need to create two definitions - one for each area</p>
+
+<h3>Step 3 of 4 Columns</h3>
+<p>Now select the criteria that you wish to use to build your
definition. Click on the database column name and then press the add
button. Once you have selected all your desired columns, press
Next.</p>
+<p>Note: Definitions can be deleted easily, and if you are still
learning the structure of the Koha data, it may take a little while to
sort out which fields you require. Some trial and error may be
required.</p>
+
+<h3>Step 4 of 4 Values</h3>
+<p>Now you need to select the values for each column that will make
up your new criteria. There are different ways to define the values,
based on the type of data in the column you have selected</p>
+	<ul>
+		<li><strong>Search String Matches</strong> For free text fields in
that database, enter a string/phrase for the criteria to match on</li>
+		<li><strong>Date</strong> For date fields you can either select:
+		<ol>
+			<li>Date Range: enter values in both date fields</li>
+			<li>All Data Before A Given Date: enter a value in the field only</li>
+			<li>All Data After A Given Date: enter a value in the field only</li>
+		</ol></li>
+		<li><strong>Select From Database Value</strong> For data that is
given an authorised value in the Koha database, you the drop down list
to select one value</li>
+	</ul>
+	
+<h2>Using A Definition</h2>
+<p>Once you have created your new definition and it shows on in the
Dictionary, you can use the definition for reporting. When you go to
create a new report, the criteria for the area you are reporting on
will automatically show as limits in the Guided Reports wizard</p>
+
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/guided_reports.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/guided_reports.tmpl
index 703b45b..b1c61f3 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/guided_reports.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/guided_reports.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,56 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<a name="#top" title="#top"></a> <h1>Guided Reports Help</h1>  <ul>
	<li><a href="#new">Building A New Report</a></li> 	<li><a
href="#save">Saving A Report</a></li> 	<li><a href="#sql">Generating A
New Report From SQL</a></li> 	<li><a href="#scheduler">Scheduling A
Report</a></li><li> <ul><li>&nbsp;<ul>
	<li><strong>Tabular:</strong>Simple report of columns only.</li>
	<li><strong>Matrix:</strong><em>Not finished</em></li>
	<li><strong>Summary:</strong><em>Not finished</em></li> </ul><ul>
	<li><strong>System Generated Criteria</strong> These criteria are
known to the system and are drawn from your system preferences</li>
	<li><strong>Dictionary Criteria</strong> These are custom defined
criteria defined for your Koha in the Reports Dictionary</li>
</ul><ul> 	<li>Count : Returns a count of each value</li> 	<li>Sum :
Returns the sum of all values</li> 	<li>Average : Returns the average
value</li> 	<li>Min : Returns the lowest value</li> 	<li>Max : Returns
the highest value</li> </ul></li>  <p>For help with the Reports
Dictionary - see online help within the Dictionary Pages</p>  <hr />
<a name="#new" title="#new"></a> <h2>Building A New Report</h2>
<h3>Step 1 of 6: Choose a Module to Report on</h3> <p>Select one of
the module areas to report on. Guided reports can only generate
reports from within one module. For reports across modules, you will
need to use either a compound report, or build a custom report using
SQL statements.</p>  <h3>Step 2 of 6: Pick a Report Type</h3> <p>There
are 3 types of reports that can be generated:</p>   <h3>Step 3 of 6:
Select Columns for Display</h3> <p>Select the columns to draw the
report data from. Click the column to add in the left hand box and
then click the &quot;Add&quot; button. Your column will now show up in
the right hand box. To remove a selected column, click the column name
on the right hand side and then click the delete button. Once you are
happy with the columns, select the &quot;Choose Columns&quot; button
to proceed to the next step.</p>  <p><strong>Be careful selecting
columns.</strong> The guided reports feature expects that you have
some knowledge of the Koha database structure and what each field is
used for. Be careful selecting columns as a poor choice may lead to a
report that is so large that it either times out before it can be
generated, or it will require a large amount of system resources to
generate and slow down the operation of Koha.</p>  <p>There is no
sanity checker in the reports engine</p>  <h3>Step 4 of 6: Select
Criteria to Limit on </h3> <p>Criteria allow you to limit your report
to display results to a given criteria.Criteria are bound to a
specific reporting area.</p>  																	  <h3>Step 5 of 6: Pick
which columns to total</h3> <p>Now choose operations that you want to
preform on each column. The operations that can be selected are:</p>
.	  <h3>Step 6 of 6: Select how you want the report ordered</h3>
<p>Select how you wish to order the report. You can select multiple
criteria to order against and the hierarchy that the are applied. For
example order alphabetically by Surname, and then alphabetically by
First Name</p>  <br /><a href="#top">Back To Top</a>  <hr />  <a
name="#save" title="#save"></a> <h2>Saving A Report</h2> <p>Once you
have generated a report, you can now choose to save the report
definition so that you can run it again when required, or setup the
Task Scheduler to run the report for you.</p>  <br /><a
href="#top">Back To Top</a>  <hr />  <a name="#sql" title="#sql"></a>
<h2>Generating A New Report From SQL</h2> <p>A report can be generated
directly using from an SQL statement. On the &quot;Create from
SQL&quot; page, give the report a Title and Description (using the
notes field) and then paste your SQL statement into the text area.</p>
 <br /><a href="#top">Back To Top</a> <hr />   <a name="#scheduler"
title="#scheduler"></a> <h2>Scheduling A Report</h2> <p>Reports can be
scheduled to run either at a one off time, or repeatedly at a defined
period using the task scheduler. The task scheduler is found under
Tools &gt;Task Scheduler</p> <br /><a href="#top">Back To Top</a>
</ul></li></ul>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+<a name="#top" title="#top"></a>
+<h1>Guided Reports Help</h1>
+	<ul>
+		<li><a href="#new">Building A New Report</a></li>
+		<li><a href="#save">Saving A Report</a></li>
+		<li><a href="#sql">Generating A New Report From SQL</a></li>
+		<li><a href="#scheduler">Scheduling A Report</a></li>
+		<li>
+		<ul>
+			<li>
+			<ul>
+				<li><strong>Tabular:</strong>Simple report of columns only.</li>
+				<li><strong>Matrix:</strong><em>Not finished</em></li>
+				<li><strong>Summary:</strong><em>Not finished</em></li>
+			</ul>
+			<ul>
+				<li><strong>System Generated Criteria</strong> These criteria are
known to the system and are drawn from your system preferences</li>
+				<li><strong>Dictionary Criteria</strong> These are custom defined
criteria defined for your Koha in the Reports Dictionary</li>
+			</ul>
+			<ul>
+				<li>Count : Returns a count of each value</li>
+				<li>Sum : Returns the sum of all values</li>
+				<li>Average : Returns the average value</li>
+				<li>Min : Returns the lowest value</li>
+				<li>Max : Returns the highest value</li>
+			</ul></li>
+<p>For help with the Reports Dictionary - see online help within the
Dictionary Pages</p>
+<hr/><a name="#new" title="#new"></a><h2>Building A New Report</h2>
<h3>Step 1 of 6: Choose a Module to Report on</h3>
+<p>Select one of the module areas to report on. Guided reports can
only generate reports from within one module. For reports across
modules, you will need to use either a compound report, or build a
custom report using SQL statements.</p><h3>Step 2 of 6: Pick a Report
Type</h3>
+<p>There are 3 types of reports that can be generated:</p><h3>Step 3
of 6: Select Columns for Display</h3>
+<p>Select the columns to draw the report data from. Click the column
to add in the left hand box and then click the &quot;Add&quot; button.
Your column will now show up in the right hand box. To remove a
selected column, click the column name on the right hand side and then
click the delete button. Once you are happy with the columns, select
the &quot;Choose Columns&quot; button to proceed to the next step.</p>
+<p><strong>Be careful selecting columns.</strong> The guided reports
feature expects that you have some knowledge of the Koha database
structure and what each field is used for. Be careful selecting
columns as a poor choice may lead to a report that is so large that it
either times out before it can be generated, or it will require a
large amount of system resources to generate and slow down the
operation of Koha.</p>
+<p>There is no sanity checker in the reports engine</p><h3>Step 4 of
6: Select Criteria to Limit on </h3>
+<p>Criteria allow you to limit your report to display results to a
given criteria.Criteria are bound to a specific reporting
area.</p><h3>Step 5 of 6: Pick which columns to total</h3>
+<p>Now choose operations that you want to preform on each column. The
operations that can be selected are:</p>.	  <h3>Step 6 of 6: Select
how you want the report ordered</h3>
+<p>Select how you wish to order the report. You can select multiple
criteria to order against and the hierarchy that the are applied. For
example order alphabetically by Surname, and then alphabetically by
First Name</p><br/><a href="#top">
+Back To Top
+</a>
+<hr/><a name="#save" title="#save">
+</a><h2>Saving A Report</h2>
+<p>Once you have generated a report, you can now choose to save the
report definition so that you can run it again when required, or setup
the Task Scheduler to run the report for you.</p><br/><a href="#top">
+Back To Top
+</a>
+<hr/><a name="#sql" title="#sql">
+</a><h2>Generating A New Report From SQL</h2>
+<p>A report can be generated directly using from an SQL statement. On
the &quot;Create from SQL&quot; page, give the report a Title and
Description (using the notes field) and then paste your SQL statement
into the text area.</p><br/><a href="#top">
+Back To Top
+</a>
+<hr/><a name="#scheduler" title="#scheduler">
+</a><h2>Scheduling A Report</h2>
+<p>Reports can be scheduled to run either at a one off time, or
repeatedly at a defined period using the task scheduler. The task
scheduler is found under Tools &gt;Task Scheduler</p><br/><a
href="#top">
+Back To Top
+</a>
+		</ul></li>
+	</ul><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/issues_avg_stats.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/issues_avg_stats.tmpl
index 4c20fc4..c1e1a4b 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/issues_avg_stats.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/issues_avg_stats.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,12 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h2 id="xyvw">     Average loan time   </h2>   This report will show
you how many items were checked out, by borrower (or 'patron')
category<br />   <br />   <ul><li>       Go to the 'Reports' module
(usually under 'More' in your Global Nav)     </li><li>       Choose
'Average loan time' under 'Other' </li><li>Choose one field to appear
in the rows and another to appear in the column.&nbsp; If you choose
either of the date fields remember to choose to show data by 'Day',
'Month', or 'Year'</li></ul>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Average loan time</h1>
+
+<p>This report will show you how many items were checked out, by
borrower (or 'patron') category</p>
+
+		<ul>
+			<li>Go to the 'Reports' module (usually under 'More' in your
Global Nav)</li>
+			<li>Choose 'Average loan time' under 'Other'</li>
+			<li>Choose one field to appear in the rows and another to appear
in the column.  If you choose either of the date fields remember to
choose to show data by 'Day', 'Month', or 'Year'</li>
+		</ul>
+	</div>	<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/issues_stats.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/issues_stats.tmpl
index 94c20b6..52d34c5 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/issues_stats.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/issues_stats.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,11 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h2 id="x49-">   Circulation Statistics</h2> <h2 id="s_7g">   <font
size="2" style="font-weight: normal" id="k7436" color="#ff0000">
IMPORTANT: The Circulation 'Wizard' is designed to be a simple
statistical snapshot. You will choose a single category to represent
'row' and another to represent 'column'.</font><br /> </h2> <ul><li>
  Go to the 'Reports' module (usually under 'More' in your Global Nav)
  </li><li>     Choose 'Circulation' under 'Statistics
Wizards'</li><li>     Use the radio buttons under 'Row' and 'Column'
to choose which data set will appear where<br />     <br />     <div
id="vcg5" style="padding: 1em 0pt; text-align: left">
</div></li></ul>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>   Circulation Statistics</h1>
+
+<p><strong>IMPORTANT:</strong> The Circulation 'Wizard' is designed
to be a simple statistical snapshot. You will choose a single category
to represent 'row' and another to represent 'column'.</p>
+		<ul>
+			<li>Go to the 'Reports' module (usually under 'More' in your
Global Nav)</li>
+			<li>Choose 'Circulation' under 'Statistics Wizards'</li>
+			<li>Use the radio buttons under 'Row' and 'Column' to choose which
data set will appear where</li>
+		</ul>
+	</div>	<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/itemslost.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/itemslost.tmpl
index ab63581..c83e5b2 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/itemslost.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/itemslost.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,17 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h1 id="lmpw">   <font size="5" id="j8y9">Lost Items</font> </h1>
This one-step report will show you how many items of each item type
are currently in your branch library or libraries.<br /> <br />
<ul><li>     Go to the 'Reports' module (usually under 'More' in your
Global Nav)   </li><li>     Choose 'Lost Items' under 'Other'</li><li>
      Choose category to 'Order by' (the 'order by' field effects what
ordering method is used when displaying the lost items)</li><li>
Enter a 'Barcode' if searching for a single item; if not leave this
field blank     </li><li>       Choose a 'Branch' to perform the
report on (or choose 'All' field at the top of the dropdown menu to
choose all branches)     </li><li>       Choose an 'Item Type' to
perform the report on (or, leave at the default 'All' to perform the
report on all item types)     </li><li> Choose a 'Lost Status' to
search only for items that are assumed lost (long overdue), missing,
or lost (or, leave this set to 'All' to see all lost items)</li><li>
    Click 'Submit'     </li></ul>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Lost Items</h1>
+
+<p> This one-step report will show you how many items of each item
type are currently in your branch library or libraries.</p>
+
+		<ul>
+			<li>Go to the 'Reports' module (usually under 'More' in your
Global Nav)</li>
+			<li>Choose 'Lost Items' under 'Other'</li>
+			<li>Choose category to 'Order by' (the 'order by' field effects
what ordering method is used when displaying the lost items)</li>
+			<li>Enter a 'Barcode' if searching for a single item; if not leave
this field blank</li>
+			<li>Choose a 'Branch' to perform the report on (or choose 'All'
field at the top of the dropdown menu to choose all branches)</li>
+			<li>Choose an 'Item Type' to perform the report on (or, leave at
the default 'All' to perform the report on all item types)</li>
+			<li>Choose a 'Lost Status' to search only for items that are
assumed lost (long overdue), missing, or lost (or, leave this set to
'All' to see all lost items)</li>
+			<li>Click 'Submit'</li>
+		</ul>
+	</div>	<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/manager.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/manager.tmpl
index 731003d..6e44c2f 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/manager.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/manager.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,24 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h1 id="g-jm">   Checkouts by patron category </h1> This report will
show you how many items were checked out, by borrower (or 'patron')
category<br /> <br />        <ul><li>     Go to the 'Reports' module
(usually under 'More' in your Global Nav)   </li><li>     Choose
'Checkouts by patron category' under 'Other'   </li><li> 'Select a
borrower category' using the dropdown menu provided (or select the
default 'Any Category code' at the top of the dropdown menu to choose
all borrower categories) </li><li>       'Select a branch' to report
on (or, leave at the default 'all' to perform the report on all
branches)</li><li>       Click 'Submit'     </li></ul><br /><h1
id="zwz7">   <font size="5" id="lk:g">Catalog by Item Type</font>
</h1> This one-step report will show you how many items of each item
type are currently in your branch library or libraries.<br /> <br />
<ul><li>     Go to the 'Reports' module (usually under 'More' in your
Global Nav)   </li><li>     Choose 'Catalog by Item Type' under
'Other'</li><li>     Choose a branch (or choose the blank field at the
top of the dropdown menu to choose all branches)   </li><li>     Click
'Submit'   </li></ul>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Checkouts by patron category</h1>
+
+<p>This report will show you how many items were checked out, by
borrower (or 'patron') category</p>
+
+	<ul>
+		<li>Go to the 'Reports' module (usually under 'More' in your Global Nav)</li>
+		<li>Choose 'Checkouts by patron category' under 'Other'</li>
+		<li>'Select a borrower category' using the dropdown menu provided
(or select the default 'Any Category code' at the top of the dropdown
menu to choose all borrower categories)</li>
+		<li>'Select a branch' to report on (or, leave at the default 'all'
to perform the report on all branches)</li>
+		<li>Click 'Submit'</li>
+	</ul>
+	
+	<h1>Catalog by Item Type</h1>
+
+<p>This one-step report will show you how many items of each item
type are currently in your branch library or libraries.</p>
+
+	<ul>
+		<li>Go to the 'Reports' module (usually under 'More' in your Global Nav)</li>
+		<li>Choose 'Catalog by Item Type' under 'Other'</li>
+		<li>Choose a branch (or choose the blank field at the top of the
dropdown menu to choose all branches)</li>
+		<li>Click 'Submit'</li>
+	</ul><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/reports-home.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/reports-home.tmpl
index 7132a04..d664b20 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/reports-home.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reports/reports-home.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,13 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
- <h1>Reports</h1><h2>What Reports are there in Koha? </h2>  <p>Koha
comes with a number of predefined (or &quot;canned&quot;) reports,
along with two report builder engines. </p><p><strong>Pre-defined
Reports</strong></p><p>There are number of predefined reports in Koha.
Check the the Circulation module for additional Circulation specific
reports.</p><p><strong>Statistics Wizards</strong></p><p>The
statistics wizards provide a way to build simple reports for each
module. The reports produced can either be viewed on screen or
downloaded for opening in a spreadsheet program or text editor.
</p><p><strong>Guided Reports Wizard</strong></p><p>The Guided Reports
Wizard helps you build reports using all the fields in the database
for each module. The reports can then be saved and run using the
scheduler.&nbsp;</p>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Reports</h1>
+
+<h2>What Reports are there in Koha?</h2>
+
+<p>Koha comes with a number of predefined (or &quot;canned&quot;)
reports, along with two report builder engines.</p>
+<p><strong>Pre-defined Reports</strong></p>
+<p>There are number of predefined reports in Koha. Check the the
Circulation module for additional Circulation specific reports.</p>
+<p><strong>Statistics Wizards</strong></p>
+<p>The statistics wizards provide a way to build simple reports for
each module. The reports produced can either be viewed on screen or
downloaded for opening in a spreadsheet program or text editor.</p>
+<p><strong>Guided Reports Wizard</strong></p>
+<p>The Guided Reports Wizard helps you build reports using all the
fields in the database for each module. The reports can then be saved
and run using the scheduler. </p><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE
NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reserve/request.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reserve/request.tmpl
index 4711ea2..6eb0ff6 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reserve/request.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reserve/request.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,37 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h1>Holds</h1><ul><li>Enter the barcode or partial name for the
patron you'd like to hold the book for.</li><li>You will be brought to
a page where you can alter (if necessary) and/or confirm the
hold<ul><li><span style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: Note that in
this case an error message appears notifying the circulation
librarians that the patron might want to pick the book up at his/her
home branch.</span></li><li>From here you can pick to either hold the
next available item or a particular item<ul><li>Item level holds are
available by checking the box next to a particular item</li><li>An
item is available for an item level hold if<br /><ul><li>it is not
lost AND,</li><li>it is not marked not for loan AND,</li><li>it is not
withdrawn AND,</li><li>it is not damaged (unless the
AllowHoldsOnDamagedItems system preference is ON), AND</li><li>it is
not on loan (unless the AllowOnShelfHolds system preference is
ON)</li></ul></li><li><span style="background-color:
#ffe599">TIP:&nbsp; If independent branches is on and the
canreservefromotherbranches system preference is OFF, a staff operator
is prevented from placing an item-level hold request on an item from a
different branch</span></li></ul></li><li>To confirm the hold, click
'Place Hold'</li></ul></li></ul><div class="main">&nbsp;</div><div
class="main"><font size="4" id="hch-33"><font size="2"
id="hch-34"><font size="4" id="hch-35"><font size="2"
id="hch-36"><font size="4" id="hch-37"><span><strong>Reordering
holds</strong></span></font><br /><br
/></font></font></font></font></div><ul><li>Hold priority can be
altered by viewing the holds for the title</li><li>To view holds on a
title, click the 'Holds' tab on the left</li><li>By changing the
priority number a patron can be moved up or down on the list of
holds</li></ul>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Holds</h1>
+	<ul>
+		<li>Enter the barcode or partial name for the patron you'd like to
hold the book for.</li>
+		<li>You will be brought to a page where you can alter (if
necessary) and/or confirm the hold
+		<ul>
+			<li>
+		    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: Note that in this case an error message appears notifying the
circulation librarians that the patron might want to pick the book up
at his/her home branch.</span></li>
+			<li>From here you can pick to either hold the next available item
or a particular item
+			<ul>
+				<li>Item level holds are available by checking the box next to a
particular item</li>
+				<li>An item is available for an item level hold if<br/>
+				<ul>
+					<li>it is not lost AND,</li>
+					<li>it is not marked not for loan AND,</li>
+					<li>it is not withdrawn AND,</li>
+					<li>it is not damaged (unless the AllowHoldsOnDamagedItems
system preference is ON), AND</li>
+					<li>it is not on loan (unless the AllowOnShelfHolds system
preference is ON)</li>
+				</ul></li>
+				<li>
+			    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP:  If independent branches is on and the
canreservefromotherbranches system preference is OFF, a staff operator
is prevented from placing an item-level hold request on an item from a
different branch</span></li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>To confirm the hold, click 'Place Hold'</li>
+		</ul></li>
+	</ul>
+
+
+<h3>Reordering holds</h3>
+
+	<ul>
+		<li>Hold priority can be altered by viewing the holds for the title</li>
+		<li>To view holds on a title, click the 'Holds' tab on the left</li>
+		<li>By changing the priority number a patron can be moved up or
down on the list of holds</li>
+	</ul><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reviews/reviewswaiting.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reviews/reviewswaiting.tmpl
index 97cc729..ca4aa45 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reviews/reviewswaiting.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/reviews/reviewswaiting.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,26 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h1 id="t7.y9"><font size="5"
id="t7.y10">Comments/Reviews</font></h1><br /><ul><li>Go to the
'Tools' module (usually under 'More' in your Global
Nav)</li><li>Choose 'Comments'</li><li>From this menu you will see all
comments/reviews awaiting approval.&nbsp; <br /><ul><li>If there are
no comments, the page will inform you of such</li></ul></li><li>To
approve a comment click 'Approve'</li><li>To delete a comment click
'Delete'</li><li>Once a comment has been approved, it will appear in
the OPAC under the 'Comments' tab<div id="yelg" style="padding: 1em
0pt; text-align: left"><br /></div></li></ul><strong>Can I turn off
comment moderation?<br /></strong><br />At this time, this is not a
feature of Koha.&nbsp; All comments go through moderation.<br /><br
/><strong>How do I turn on/off Comments in my OPAC?</strong><br /><br
/><ul><li>This feature is under you Global System
Preferences</li><li>Go to the 'Administration' module (usually under
'More' in your Global Nav)</li><li>Click on 'Global System
preferences' and then choose the 'OPAC Features' tab</li><li>From here
you can toggle the 'reviewson' feature which controls comments within
your OPAC</li></ul>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Comments/Reviews</h1>
+		<ul>
+			<li>Go to the 'Tools' module (usually under 'More' in your Global Nav)</li>
+			<li>Choose 'Comments'</li>
+			<li>From this menu you will see all comments/reviews awaiting
approval. <br/>
+			<ul>
+				<li>If there are no comments, the page will inform you of such</li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>To approve a comment click 'Approve'</li>
+			<li>To delete a comment click 'Delete'</li>
+			<li>Once a comment has been approved, it will appear in the OPAC
under the 'Comments' tab</li>
+		</ul>
+
+<h2>Can I turn off comment moderation?</h2>
+<p>At this time, this is not a feature of Koha.  All comments go
through moderation.</p>
+<h2>How do I turn on/off Comments in my OPAC?</h2>
+<p>This feature is under Global System Preferences:</p>
+		<ul>
+			<li>Go to the 'Administration' module (usually under 'More' in
your Global Nav)</li>
+			<li>Click on 'Global System preferences' and then choose the 'OPAC
Features' tab</li>
+			<li>From here you can toggle the 'reviewson' feature which
controls comments within your OPAC</li>
+		</ul>
+
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/serials/checkexpiration.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/serials/checkexpiration.tmpl
index 8d30f13..11da823 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/serials/checkexpiration.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/serials/checkexpiration.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,19 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<font size="4" id="nku:0"><strong>Check Expiration</strong></font><br
/><br />This tool will let you search for all serials that will expire
before a specific date.&nbsp; This is a handy tool when it comes time
to budget for new serials.<br /><br /><font size="3"
id="nku:1"><span><strong>Searching</strong></span></font><br /><br
/><ul><li>Enter in your search criteria<ul><li><span
style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: Only expiration date is
required</span></li></ul></li><li>Your results will appear below the
search boxes</li><li>From here you can click on the serial title and
edit the record with new subscription information</li></ul>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Check Expiration</h1>
+
+<p>This tool will let you search for all serials that will expire
before a specific date.  This is a handy tool when it comes time to
budget for new serials.</p>
+	
+<h3>Searching</h3>
+
+		<ul>
+			<li>Enter in your search criteria
+			<ul>
+				<li>
+			    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: Only expiration date is required</span></li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>Your results will appear below the search boxes</li>
+			<li>From here you can click on the serial title and edit the
record with new subscription information</li>
+		</ul>
+	</div>	<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/serials/claims.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/serials/claims.tmpl
index 380cb85..1a54609 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/serials/claims.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/serials/claims.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,17 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h1>Serials Claims</h1><h2>What are Claims?</h2>  <p>Claims are
notices that you send when an issue that was expected has not been
received by the library.</p>  <h2>How to lodge a Claim?</h2>  <p>Make
a selection from the drop down list. The &quot;All Suppliers&quot;
count gives you a count of the total number of current item claims
across all suppliers. </p><p>There are two ways to lodge a claim with
the supplier:</p><ol><li>Using a Letter defined in Notices. Note that
you will need to set up the notice. </li><li>Exporting the claims
information. This downloads a CSV file to your local machine with all
the claim data ready for additional formatting before sending to the
supplier.</li></ol><h2>How to resolve a Claim?</h2>  <p>The claim will
be resolved once received status has changed. Search for the
Subscription and then click &quot;Serial receive&quot; to locate the
issue and change it's status. </p>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Serials Claims</h1>
+
+<h2>What are Claims?</h2>
+<p>Claims are notices that you send when an issue that was expected
has not been received by the library.</p>
+
+<h2>How to lodge a Claim?</h2>
+<p>Make a selection from the drop down list. The &quot;All
Suppliers&quot; count gives you a count of the total number of current
item claims across all suppliers.</p>
+<p>There are two ways to lodge a claim with the supplier:</p>
+	<ol>
+		<li>Using a Letter defined in Notices. Note that you will need to
set up the notice.</li>
+		<li>Exporting the claims information. This downloads a CSV file to
your local machine with all the claim data ready for additional
formatting before sending to the supplier.</li>
+	</ol>
+
+<h2>How to resolve a Claim?</h2>
+<p>The claim will be resolved once received status has changed.
Search for the Subscription and then click &quot;Serial receive&quot;
to locate the issue and change it's status.</p><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE
NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/serials/serials-edit.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/serials/serials-edit.tmpl
index 03e6a75..2ff025d 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/serials/serials-edit.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/serials/serials-edit.tmpl
@@ -1,15 +1,11 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->

-<h1>Recieving Serials</h1><h2>How do I receive an expected issue?</h2>
+<h1>Recieving Serials</h1>

-<p>The number for the next expected Issue should display in the top
row. The status will default to waited. If the serial has arrived,
then select &quot;arrived&quot; from the drop down. If SerialAddItems
is turned on you will be prompted to add the item detail. </p><p>Once
you press save the new issue will be recorded in the subscription
history. </p>
+<h2>How do I receive an expected issue?</h2>
+<p>The number for the next expected Issue should display in the top
row. The status will default to waited. If the serial has arrived,
then select &quot;arrived&quot; from the drop down. If SerialAddItems
is turned on you will be prompted to add the item detail.</p>
+<p>Once you press save the new issue will be recorded in the
subscription history.</p>

 <h2>How do I receive an unexpected or supplemental issue?</h2>
-
-<p>Uss the blank line under the expected issue line to add in the
details for the unexpected or supplemental issue.&nbsp; Select the
appropriate status and save.</p>
-
-<h2>What happens if an Issue does not turn up?</h2>
-
-<p>If an issue does not turn up or is late, then select that status
from the Status drop down. The issue will now appear under
&quot;Claims&quot; and can be managed from there. </p>
-
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE name="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
+<p>Uss the blank line under the expected issue line to add in the
details for the unexpected or supplemental issue.  Select the
appropriate status and save.</p><h2>What happens if an Issue does not
turn up?</h2>
+<p>If an issue does not turn up or is late, then select that status
from the Status drop down. The issue will now appear under
&quot;Claims&quot; and can be managed from there.</p><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE
name="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/serials/serials-home.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/serials/serials-home.tmpl
index 1e802f0..602b8f0 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/serials/serials-home.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/serials/serials-home.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,14 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
- <h1>Serials</h1><h2>Q: What does the serials module do?</h2>  <p>The
serials module is used to manage subscriptions the library has to
vairous titles. These are normally Serials or Journals, but in
practice can be anything. </p>  <h2>Q: What do I need before I can
setup a subscription?</h2>  <p>Before you can setup up a subscription,
you will need to setup a &quot;Vendor&quot; under Acquisitions, and a
new &quot;Biblio&quot; under Cataloging. When cataloging the new
biblio, do not add any items. Adding of items is handled by the
Serials module.</p><h2><a id="qhow_do_i_create_a_new_subscription"
name="qhow_do_i_create_a_new_subscription"
title="qhow_do_i_create_a_new_subscription"></a>Q: How do I create a
new subscription?</h2>  <p>  A: Click the &ldquo;Add
subscription&rdquo; button.  </p>  <h2><a
id="qwhat_can_i_do_when_i_have_found_a_subscription"
name="qwhat_can_i_do_when_i_have_found_a_subscription"
title="qwhat_can_i_do_when_i_have_found_a_subscription"></a>Q: What
can I do when I have found a subscription? </h2>  <p> A: View
subscription details, receive any item and/or manage what appears in
subscription summary (in OPAC and staff client). </p>   <h3><a
id="tip._using_wildcards" name="tip._using_wildcards"
title="tip._using_wildcards"></a>TIP. USING WILDCARDS. </h3>   <p> If
you enter a title, you can use the wildcard % : entering %Times%
returns every subscription containing Times in the title. Entering New
York% returns every subscription with title starting with New York.
</p>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Serials</h1>
+
+<h2>Q: What does the serials module do?</h2>
+<p>The serials module is used to manage subscriptions the library has
to vairous titles. These are normally Serials or Journals, but in
practice can be anything.</p>
+<h2>Q: What do I need before I can setup a subscription?</h2>
+<p>Before you can setup up a subscription, you will need to setup a
&quot;Vendor&quot; under Acquisitions, and a new &quot;Biblio&quot;
under Cataloging. When cataloging the new biblio, do not add any
items. Adding of items is handled by the Serials module.</p>
+<h2>Q: How do I create a new subscription?</h2>
+<p>A: Click the &ldquo;Add subscription&rdquo; button.</p>
+<h2>Q: What can I do when I have found a subscription?</h2>
+<p>A: View subscription details, receive any item and/or manage what
appears in subscription summary (in OPAC and staff client).</p>
+<h3>TIP. USING WILDCARDS</h3>
+<p>If you enter a title, you can use the wildcard % : entering
%Times% returns every subscription containing Times in the title.
Entering New York% returns every subscription with title starting with
New York.</p><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/serials/subscription-add.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/serials/subscription-add.tmpl
index 0d9527f..473dd5d 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/serials/subscription-add.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/serials/subscription-add.tmpl
@@ -1,36 +1,63 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->

- <h1>Add A New Serial Subscription
-</h1>
-<h2>What do I need to setup a subscription?
-</h2> <p>Before you can set up a new subscription, you will need to
have set up:</p> <ul> <li>a Vendor in Acquisitions who supplies the
subscription</li> <li>a Biblio with no items to which you can add the
subscription to.</li> </ul>.
-<h2>How do I set up a new subscription?
-</h2> <p>There are four sections to this form:</p>
-<h3>Step 1: Search for a Supplier
-</h3><p>If you want to claim any issues then you need to elect a
supplier at this point. </p>
-<h3>Step 2: Search for Biblio
-</h3><p>It should find the item that was just set up in Acquisitions.
Note If you have not yet set this up in Acquisitions, click Create
Biblio. It will take you back to Acquisitions Order Form. </p>
+<h1>Add A New Serial Subscription</h1>
+
+<h2>What do I need to setup a subscription?</h2>
+<p>Before you can set up a new subscription, you will need to have set up:</p>
+	<ul>
+		<li>a Vendor in Acquisitions who supplies the subscription</li>
+		<li>a Biblio with no items to which you can add the subscription to.</li>
+	</ul>	.
+<h2>How do I set up a new subscription?</h2>
+<p>There are four sections to this form:</p>
+
+<h3>Step 1: Search for a Supplier</h3>
+
+<p>If you want to claim any issues then you need to elect a supplier
at this point.</p>
+<h3>Step 2: Search for Biblio</h3>
+
+<p>It should find the item that was just set up in Acquisitions. Note
If you have not yet set this up in Acquisitions, click Create Biblio.
It will take you back to Acquisitions Order Form.</p>
 <h3>Step 3: Fill out other details in the Subscription Information box.</h3>
+<p>This includes the Call Number, Home branch for the Serial and any notes.</p>
+<p>Select the Patron Alert: you will need to choose a Notice that can
be sent to patrons when a new issue arrives. To edit this notice, go
to Tools &gt; Notices.</p>
+<h3>Step 4: Fill out the details in the Planning box.</h3>
+
+<p>This is a critical component of managing serials. In order to make
the system predict the next issue the user must fill out each of these
fields. Once completed it will populate the Numbering Calculation box
below.</p>
+<p>See &gt; More details about Planning</p>
+<h3>Step 5: Fill out the Subscription length box</h3>
+
+<p>Indicate the expected length of time that this serial will be
subscribed to.</p>
+<p>This sets up the expiry date in the system and also sets up an
Alert a month before expected expiry.</p>
+<h3>Step 6: Numbering Calculation</h3>
+
+<p>If a choice has been made in the Numbering Pattern section then
the Numbering Calculation will automatically be filled out and
presented in this section. However, if the Numbering Pattern is
&ldquo;None of the above&rdquo; then a formula will be presented and
the user must fill this out.</p>
+<p>See More detail about the Numbering Calculation formula</p>
+<h3>Step 7: Add Subscription</h3>
+
+<p>Once that is filled out then you see the completed details page.
If there is a mistake you can go back and Edit the details.</p>
+<p>Next step - Receive issues (see online help on Receive Issues
page)</p><h2>How does planning work</h2>
+
+<h3>1. First Issue ETA</h3>
+
+<p>Displays a calendar &ndash; choose the expected date of arrival in
the library. This date is for administrative purposes only. It ties in
with the Claims component of the Serials Module. It is not the date of
the first issue. This is selected below in the Begins On field.</p>
+<h3>2. Frequency</h3>
+
+<p>Use the drop down list to select the main frequency patterns.</p>
+<h3>3. Numbering Pattern</h3>
+
+<p>Drop down list of the main numbering patterns:</p>
+	<ul>
+		<li>Number</li>
+		<li>Volume, Number, Issue</li>
+		<li>Volume, Number</li>
+		<li>Volume, Issue</li>
+		<li>Number, Issue</li>
+		<li>Seasonal only[a]</li>
+		<li>None of the above</li>
+	</ul>
+<p>If it is &ldquo;none of the above&rdquo; this will bring up a
Numbering Calculation formula at the bottom of the screen.</p>
+<p>The system handles exceptions (e.g Item arrives monthly but only
10 issues in the year). Set the rollover to the max number of issues
expected in the year. Then click the &quot;Irregularity&quot; link.
Choose which instances are skipped.</p>
+<h3>4. Begins on</h3>

-<p>This includes the Call Number, Home branch for the Serial and any
notes.</p><p>Select the Patron Alert: you will need to choose a Notice
that can be sent to patrons when a new issue arrives. To edit this
notice, go to Tools &gt; Notices. </p>
-<h3>Step 4: Fill out the details in the Planning box.
-</h3> <p>This is a critical component of managing serials. In order
to make the system predict the next issue the user must fill out each
of these fields. Once completed it will populate the Numbering
Calculation box below.</p>  <p>See &gt; More details about
Planning</p>
-<h3>Step 5: Fill out the Subscription length box
-</h3> <p>Indicate the expected length of time that this serial will
be subscribed to.</p>  <p>This sets up the expiry date in the system
and also sets up an Alert a month before expected expiry.</p>
-<h3>Step 6: Numbering Calculation
-</h3> <p>If a choice has been made in the Numbering Pattern section
then the Numbering Calculation will automatically be filled out and
presented in this section. However, if the Numbering Pattern is
&ldquo;None of the above&rdquo; then a formula will be presented and
the user must fill this out.</p>  <p>See More detail about the
Numbering Calculation formula </p>
-<h3>Step 7: Add Subscription
-</h3> <p>Once that is filled out then you see the completed details
page. If there is a mistake you can go back and Edit the details.</p>
<p>Next step - Receive issues (see online help on Receive Issues
page)</p>
-<h2>How does planning work</h2>
-<h3>1. First Issue ETA
-</h3><p>Displays a calendar &ndash; choose the expected date of
arrival in the library. This date is for administrative purposes only.
It ties in with the Claims component of the Serials Module. It is not
the date of the first issue. This is selected below in the Begins On
field. </p>
-<h3>2. Frequency
-</h3><p>Use the drop down list to select the main frequency patterns. </p>
-<h3>3. Numbering Pattern
-</h3> <p>Drop down list of the main numbering patterns:</p>  <ul>
<li>Number </li> <li>Volume, Number, Issue </li> <li>Volume,
Number</li> <li>Volume, Issue</li> <li>Number, Issue</li> <li>Seasonal
only[a]</li> <li>None of the above</li> </ul>  <p>If it is &ldquo;none
of the above&rdquo; this will bring up a Numbering Calculation formula
at the bottom of the screen. </p>  <p>The system handles exceptions
(e.g Item arrives monthly but only 10 issues in the year). Set the
rollover to the max number of issues expected in the year. Then click
the &quot;Irregularity&quot; link. Choose which instances are
skipped.</p>
-<h3>4. Begins on
-</h3> <p>Displays a calendar &ndash; choose the date of the first
issue. For example, the library is subscribing to a monthly magazine
and the first issue expected is the February issue. You would then
choose 1st of February.</p>
-<h2>Numbering Calculation formula
-</h2> <p>The &quot;numbering formula&quot; can be filled with any
text and/or numbers. Three special tokens {X}, {Y} and {Z} can be used
to define the calculation formula. This allows you to define patterns
not possible with the Numbering Pattern drop downs. </p>
-
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE name="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
+<p>Displays a calendar &ndash; choose the date of the first issue.
For example, the library is subscribing to a monthly magazine and the
first issue expected is the February issue. You would then choose 1st
of February.</p><h2>Numbering Calculation formula</h2>
+<p>The &quot;numbering formula&quot; can be filled with any text
and/or numbers. Three special tokens {X}, {Y} and {Z} can be used to
define the calculation formula. This allows you to define patterns not
possible with the Numbering Pattern drop downs.</p><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE
name="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/suggestion/acceptorreject.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/suggestion/acceptorreject.tmpl
index 864a898..aae76f1 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/suggestion/acceptorreject.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/suggestion/acceptorreject.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,15 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
- <h1>Suggestions Management</h1><h2>What are Purchase
Suggestions?</h2>  <p>Purchase suggestions give the users of the OPAC
a way to lodge requests for the library to purchase for items.
</p><p>To use this feature, purchase suggestions need to be turned on
in system preferences. (System Preferences &gt; OPAC Features &gt;
Suggest set to &quot;on&quot;).</p>  <h2>How do I manage
suggestions?</h2>  <p>Suggestions that have been placed but not acted
upon will show on the &quot;Waiting&quot; tab below. To process a
suggestion the &quot;Status&quot; needs to be changed and a
&quot;Reason&quot; chosen.</p> <p>Marking an item as
&quot;Accepted&quot;, will move the suggestion to the Accepted tab.
The suggested item can now be added to an order in Acquisitions by
using the &quot;From a Suggestion&quot; feature under &quot;Add To
Order&quot;. </p> <p>Marking an item&nbsp; as &quot;Rejected&quot;,
will move the selected item to the rejected tab.</p> <p>When ever the
status is changed to Accepted or Rejected, the reason for the status
change can be selected from the &quot;Reason&quot; drop down. Reasons
are AuthoriZed values that need to be setup by the library. There is
also the option to select &quot;Other&quot; and enter a custom
reason.</p> <p>The authorized values for &quot;Reason&quot; can be set
under System Administration &gt; Authorised Values. From the drop down
select the &quot;SUGGEST&quot; authorized value category and add your
custom reasons.</p> <p>Once the status and reason have been selected,
these will display for the suggestor in the OPAC.</p>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Suggestions Management</h1>
+
+<h2>What are Purchase Suggestions?</h2>
+<p>Purchase suggestions give the users of the OPAC a way to lodge
requests for the library to purchase for items.</p>
+<p>To use this feature, purchase suggestions need to be turned on in
system preferences. (System Preferences &gt; OPAC Features &gt;
Suggest set to &quot;on&quot;).</p>
+
+<h2>How do I manage suggestions?</h2>
+<p>Suggestions that have been placed but not acted upon will show on
the &quot;Waiting&quot; tab below. To process a suggestion the
&quot;Status&quot; needs to be changed and a &quot;Reason&quot;
chosen.</p>
+<p>Marking an item as &quot;Accepted&quot;, will move the suggestion
to the Accepted tab. The suggested item can now be added to an order
in Acquisitions by using the &quot;From a Suggestion&quot; feature
under &quot;Add To Order&quot;.</p>
+<p>Marking an item  as &quot;Rejected&quot;, will move the selected
item to the rejected tab.</p>
+<p>When ever the status is changed to Accepted or Rejected, the
reason for the status change can be selected from the
&quot;Reason&quot; drop down. Reasons are AuthoriZed values that need
to be setup by the library. There is also the option to select
&quot;Other&quot; and enter a custom reason.</p>
+<p>The authorized values for &quot;Reason&quot; can be set under
System Administration &gt; Authorised Values. From the drop down
select the &quot;SUGGEST&quot; authorized value category and add your
custom reasons.</p>
+<p>Once the status and reason have been selected, these will display
for the suggestor in the OPAC.</p><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE
NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/cleanborrowers.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/cleanborrowers.tmpl
index 2e2fdce..59e3491 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/cleanborrowers.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/cleanborrowers.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,21 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main"> <h1 id="hc1v"><font size="5" id="wi2o"><font
size="4" id="gotr">Patrons (anonymize,
bulk-delete)</font></font></h1>This tool allows you to bulk anonymize
circulation histories or bulk delete patron records. This&nbsp; means
that the system keeps a link between old loans and their items but
severs the link to the borrower.<br /><br /><ul><li>Once in the tool,
you have two options</li><li>Check the box next to the action(s) you'd
like to perform<ul><li>To delete borrowers, enter the date since the
last time they borrowed</li><li>To anonymize circulation history enter
the date before which you'd like that data
deleted</li></ul></li></ul></div><div class="main"><br /><br
/><span><strong>Is there a way to run this tool
automatically?</strong></span><br /><br />Not at this time.<br
/></div><div class="main">&nbsp;</div><div class="main"><strong>Will
running this report sever the connection between patrons and items
that are checked out to them currently?</strong> <br /><br />No, this
report will only remove connections between patrons and items they
have checked out in the past but have returned to the library. <br
/></div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Patrons (anonymize, bulk-delete)</h1>
+
+<p>This tool allows you to bulk anonymize circulation histories or
bulk delete patron records. This  means that the system keeps a link
between old loans and their items but severs the link to the
borrower.</p>
+
+		<ul>
+			<li>Once in the tool, you have two options</li>
+			<li>Check the box next to the action(s) you'd like to perform
+			<ul>
+				<li>To delete borrowers, enter the date since the last time they
borrowed</li>
+				<li>To anonymize circulation history enter the date before which
you'd like that data deleted</li>
+			</ul></li>
+		</ul>
+		
+<h2>Is there a way to run this tool automatically?</h2>
+<p>Not at this time.</p>
+<h2>Will running this report sever the connection between patrons and
items that are checked out to them currently?</h2>
+<p>No, this report will only remove connections between patrons and
items they have checked out in the past but have returned to the
library.</p>
+
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/holidays.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/holidays.tmpl
index e85c018..987cc71 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/holidays.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/holidays.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,47 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h1>Holidays Calendar Help</h1><h2>What is the Holidays
Calendar?</h2>  <p>The Holidays Calendar allows the library to define
days where the library is closed. Circulation rules are then
recalculated to taken in to account that library is closed and there
will be no one present to return items.</p><p>There are 2 types of
holiday:</p><ol><li><strong>Unique Holiday</strong>:One off events or
closeures. </li><li><strong>Repeatable Holidays</strong>:Holidays that
either repeat the same day of every week or repeated yearly on the
same date.</li></ol>Holidays are set per library and the same holiday
will need to be set for all libraries in a system. <br /><br
/><h2><strong>Updating the Calendar:</strong></h2><ul><li>Go to the
'Tools' module (usually under 'More' in your Global
Nav)</li><li>Choose 'Calendar'</li><li>From the pull down you can
choose which branch to apply holidays to.<ul><li><span
style="background-color: #ffff99">TIP: At present you will have to
enter holidays in for each branch, there is no way to apply holidays
to all branches at once.</span></li></ul></li><li>To add a new
holiday, click on the date you'd like to add a holiday
to<ul><li>Example, February 18, 2008 is President's Day and the
library is closed.</li></ul></li><li>Click on the 18th of February
2008 and fill in the necessary fields for your library.</li><li>Chose
whether this holiday is repeated every day of the week or
yearly.<ul><li>In the case of President's Day it is not
repeatable.</li><li><span style="background-color: #ffff99">TIP: An
example of a repeatable holiday would be Christmas, New Year's or a
staff in-service day</span></li></ul></li><li>When you've entered the
necessary data click 'Save'</li><li>Once saved your holiday will be
color-coded on the calendar</li></ul><h3 id="bxk731"><strong>Why do I
want to add holidays for my branch?</strong></h3>After holidays are
entered on the calendar, circulation rules are then recalculated to
taken in to account that library is closed and there will be no one
present to return items.<br /><br /><h3>How do I enable the Holiday
Calendar? </h3><p id="bxk736">You can make use of the Holidays
Calendar by turning on the proper system
preferences</p><ul><li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt; Administration
&gt; Global System Preferences &gt; Circulation &gt;
useDaysMode<ul><li>Choose the method for calculating due date: select
Calendar to use the holidays module, and Days to ignore the holidays
module</li></ul></li><li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt; Administration
&gt; Global System Preferences &gt; Circulation &gt;
finescalendar<ul><li>This will use the check the holiday calendar
before charging fines     </li></ul></li></ul><p
id="bxk737">&nbsp;</p>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Holidays Calendar Help</h1><h2>What is the Holidays Calendar?</h2>
+<p>The Holidays Calendar allows the library to define days where the
library is closed. Circulation rules are then recalculated to taken in
to account that library is closed and there will be no one present to
return items.</p>
+<p>There are 2 types of holiday:</p>
+	<ol>
+		<li><strong>Unique Holiday</strong>:One off events or closeures.</li>
+		<li><strong>Repeatable Holidays</strong>:Holidays that either
repeat the same day of every week or repeated yearly on the same
date.</li>
+	</ol>	Holidays are set per library and the same holiday will need to
be set for all libraries in a system.
+<h2>Updating the Calendar:</h2>
+	<ul>
+		<li>Go to the 'Tools' module (usually under 'More' in your Global Nav)</li>
+		<li>Choose 'Calendar'</li>
+		<li>From the pull down you can choose which branch to apply holidays to.
+		<ul>
+			<li>
+		    <span style="background-color: #ffff99">
+TIP: At present you will have to enter holidays in for each branch,
there is no way to apply holidays to all branches at once.</span></li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>To add a new holiday, click on the date you'd like to add a holiday to
+		<ul>
+			<li>Example, February 18, 2008 is President's Day and the library
is closed.</li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>Click on the 18th of February 2008 and fill in the necessary
fields for your library.</li>
+		<li>Chose whether this holiday is repeated every day of the week or yearly.
+		<ul>
+			<li>In the case of President's Day it is not repeatable.</li>
+			<li>
+		    <span style="background-color: #ffff99">
+TIP: An example of a repeatable holiday would be Christmas, New
Year's or a staff in-service day</span></li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li>When you've entered the necessary data click 'Save'</li>
+		<li>Once saved your holiday will be color-coded on the calendar</li>
+	</ul><h3><strong>Why do I want to add holidays for my
branch?</strong></h3>After holidays are entered on the calendar,
circulation rules are then recalculated to taken in to account that
library is closed and there will be no one present to return items.
+<h3>How do I enable the Holiday Calendar? </h3>
+<p>You can make use of the Holidays Calendar by turning on the proper
system preferences</p>
+	<ul>
+		<li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt; Administration &gt; Global System
Preferences &gt; Circulation &gt; useDaysMode
+		<ul>
+			<li>Choose the method for calculating due date: select Calendar to
use the holidays module, and Days to ignore the holidays module</li>
+		</ul></li>
+		<li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt; Administration &gt; Global System
Preferences &gt; Circulation &gt; finescalendar
+		<ul>
+			<li>This will use the check the holiday calendar before charging fines</li>
+		</ul></li>
+	</ul>
+<p> </p><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/import_borrowers.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/import_borrowers.tmpl
index b1e00e8..ef2c0e1 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/import_borrowers.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/import_borrowers.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,31 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main"> <font size="4" id="f7o96"><strong>Patron
Import</strong></font><br /><br /><ul><li>Create a CSV file for your
patron data<br /><ul><li>Format your file with the following
fields<ul><li>'cardnumber',    'surname',      'firstname',
'title',     'othernames',    'initials',     'streetnumber',
'streettype',     'address',       'address2',     'city',
'zipcode',     'email',         'phone',        'mobile',
'fax',     'emailpro',      'phonepro',     'B_streetnumber',
'B_streettype',     'B_address',     'B_city',       'B_zipcode',
  'B_email',     'B_phone',       'dateofbirth',  'branchcode',
'categorycode',     'dateenrolled',  'dateexpiry',   'gonenoaddress',
  'lost',     'debarred',      'contactname',  'contactfirstname',
'contacttitle',     'borrowernotes', 'relationship', 'ethnicity',
  'ethnotes',     'sex',           'userid',       'opacnote',
'contactnote',     'password',      'sort1',
'sort2'<ul><li><span style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: Consult
your system administrator if you are unsure of how to fill in the
above fields.</span></li><li><font id="f7o926"
color="#ff0000">IMPORTANT: Make sure the 'branchcode' and
'categorycode' are valid entries in your
database.</font></li><li>Passwords should be stored in plain text, and
will be encrypted as they're imported<ul><li><span
style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: If your passwords are already
encrypted, talk to your systems administrator about
options.</span></li></ul></li></ul></li></ul></li></ul></li><li>Select
a file to import into the borrowers table</li><li>If a cardnumber
exists in the table, you can choose whether to ignore the new one or
overwrite the old one.</li><li>Click 'Import'</li><li>You will be
brought to a confirmation screen.</li></ul> </div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Patron Import</h1>
+
+		<ul>
+			<li>Create a CSV file for your patron data<br/>
+			<ul>
+				<li>Format your file with the following fields
+				<ul>
+					<li>'cardnumber',    'surname',      'firstname',
'title',     'othernames',    'initials',     'streetnumber',
'streettype',     'address',       'address2',     'city',
'zipcode',     'email',         'phone',        'mobile',
'fax',     'emailpro',      'phonepro',     'B_streetnumber',
'B_streettype',     'B_address',     'B_city',       'B_zipcode',
  'B_email',     'B_phone',       'dateofbirth',  'branchcode',
'categorycode',     'dateenrolled',  'dateexpiry',   'gonenoaddress',
  'lost',     'debarred',      'contactname',  'contactfirstname',
'contacttitle',     'borrowernotes', 'relationship', 'ethnicity',
  'ethnotes',     'sex',           'userid',       'opacnote',
'contactnote',     'password',      'sort1',        'sort2'
+					<ul>
+						<li>
+					    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: Consult your system administrator if you are unsure of how to
fill in the above fields.</span></li>
+						<li>					
+					   IMPORTANT: Make sure the 'branchcode' and 'categorycode' are
valid entries in your database.</li>
+						<li>Passwords should be stored in plain text, and will be
encrypted as they're imported
+						<ul>
+							<li>
+						    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: If your passwords are already encrypted, talk to your systems
administrator about options.</span></li>
+						</ul></li>
+					</ul></li>
+				</ul></li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>Select a file to import into the borrowers table</li>
+			<li>If a cardnumber exists in the table, you can choose whether to
ignore the new one or overwrite the old one.</li>
+			<li>Click 'Import'</li>
+			<li>You will be brought to a confirmation screen.</li>
+		</ul>
+	</div>	<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/inventory.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/inventory.tmpl
index 662b325..cc938a5 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/inventory.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/inventory.tmpl
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@

 <p>This inventory feature works by using the &quot;Last Seen
Date&quot; as criteria for building reports. From these reports the
library can identify which items are missing.</p>

-<h2>How do I get a file of barcodes to upload?&nbsp;</h2>
+<h2>How do I get a file of barcodes to upload?</h2>

-<p>The easiest way to generate the barcode file is to scan the
barcodes of all the items on the shelf in situ to a text file. This
can be done using a standard keyboard wedge type Barcode scanner and a
Laptop, or using a handheld PC with an integrated scanner (e.g Palm or
iPaq).</p><p>Save the file locally to your machine and then when you
are attached to the network, open the Inventory/Stocktaking page again
and use the &quot;Browse&quot; feature to find the file on your local
drive.&nbsp; Now set the last seen to the date you wish to use
(normally today's date). </p>
+<p>The easiest way to generate the barcode file is to scan the
barcodes of all the items on the shelf in situ to a text file. This
can be done using a standard keyboard wedge type Barcode scanner and a
Laptop, or using a handheld PC with an integrated scanner (e.g Palm or
iPaq).</p><p>Save the file locally to your machine and then when you
are attached to the network, open the Inventory/Stocktaking page again
and use the &quot;Browse&quot; feature to find the file on your local
drive.  Now set the last seen to the date you wish to use (normally
today's date). </p>

 <h2>How do I find what items are missing?</h2>

diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/koha-news.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/koha-news.tmpl
index 5cc4cbc..30f50a7 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/koha-news.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/koha-news.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,19 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h1>News Help</h1><h2>What is News? </h2>  <p>News items are short,
blog or news item type posts that can be displayed on both the OPAC
and Staff Client main pages. News posts can be formatted using simple
HTML code.</p>  <h2>How to post a News Item?</h2>  <p>To add a new
news item the following fields need to be completed:</p>  <h3>Display
Location<br /></h3>  <p>For single language setups, there will be 2
options here. One for the 'opac (language code)' and the 'Librarian
interface'. For multilingual setups, multiple languages for the OPAC
will show. </p><p>News Items must be entered in all languages to show
up for each language in multi lingual setups.</p>  <h3>Title </h3>
<p>The title of the news post. Try to keep this short and pithy. Avoid
long sentances.</p>  <h3>Expiration Date</h3>  <p>This is the date the
item should be removed from the news item listings. Note that the
posting or publishing date of an item will default to today's date
(where today is the date of entry).&nbsp; </p><p>To have a news item
remain on the page, do not enter an expiration date. </p>  <h3>Appear
in Position</h3>  <p>An integer value (e.g 1,2,3). Items at position 1
appear at the top of the listings. If two items have the same position
value then the order defaults to publication date, where the oldest
item displays at the top posistion, and newer items are displayed
under this.</p>  <h3>News</h3>  <p>This is the content of the news
item. Note that all news appears in line in the same page. Try to keep
news items to no more than a couple of short paragraphs. If you wish
to add images and embed them into your posts, then these will need to
be uploaded to a web server somewhere and linked to using standard
HTML image tags.</p>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>News Help</h1>
+
+<h2>What is News?</h2>
+
+<p>News items are short, blog or news item type posts that can be
displayed on both the OPAC and Staff Client main pages. News posts can
be formatted using simple HTML code.</p>
+
+<h2>How to post a News Item?</h2>
+<p>To add a new news item the following fields need to be completed:</p>
+
+<h3>Display Location</h3>
+<p>For single language setups, there will be 2 options here. One for
the 'opac (language code)' and the 'Librarian interface'. For
multilingual setups, multiple languages for the OPAC will show.</p>
+<p>News Items must be entered in all languages to show up for each
language in multi lingual setups.</p><h3>Title </h3>
+<p>The title of the news post. Try to keep this short and pithy.
Avoid long sentances.</p><h3>Expiration Date</h3>
+<p>This is the date the item should be removed from the news item
listings. Note that the posting or publishing date of an item will
default to today's date (where today is the date of entry). </p>
+<p>To have a news item remain on the page, do not enter an expiration
date.</p><h3>Appear in Position</h3>
+<p>An integer value (e.g 1,2,3). Items at position 1 appear at the
top of the listings. If two items have the same position value then
the order defaults to publication date, where the oldest item displays
at the top posistion, and newer items are displayed under
this.</p><h3>News</h3>
+<p>This is the content of the news item. Note that all news appears
in line in the same page. Try to keep news items to no more than a
couple of short paragraphs. If you wish to add images and embed them
into your posts, then these will need to be uploaded to a web server
somewhere and linked to using standard HTML image tags.</p><!--
TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/letter.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/letter.tmpl
index 4376db9..ba121ba 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/letter.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/letter.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,55 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h1 id="nf1q7"><font size="5" id="nf1q8">Notices</font><br
/></h1><p>Notices are messages sent to patrons, vendors and staff to
notify them at key times. </p><h2 id="nf1q21"><font size="4"
id="nf1q22">Add a new notice</font></h2><ul><li>Click 'New
Notice'</li><li>Choose a 'Koha Module' to associate your notice with
from the dropdown box</li><li>Enter a 'Code' abbreviation for your new
notice (for example: 'ODUE' for Overdue Notice)</li><li>Enter a 'Name'
for your new notice (for example 'Overdue Notice')</li><li>Enter a
'Message Subject' (for example 'Item Overdue')</li><li>Design your
'Message Body'</li></ul><ul><li>&nbsp;<ul><li>Choose a field from the
scroll down menu on the left side<ul><li><span
style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: For help with what each field
is, see the Notices: Database Fields section of this
manual</span></li></ul></li><li>Click the '&gt;&gt;' button to insert
that field into your text message where you'd like it to appear in the
notice.</li><li>Continue adding 'field's and clicking '&gt;&gt;' to
insert them into the notice until your message is
completed.</li><li>Then, click 'Submit'</li></ul></li><li><span
style="color: #ff0000">IMPORTANT: Currently, Koha can not reference
multiple biblios in a single notice (in other words--in the example
below-- there is not just ONE email sent that describes ALL currently
overdue items, but an email sent for EACH overdue
item)&nbsp;</span></li></ul><h3 id="nf1q659"><font size="2"
id="nf1q660">How do I schedule overdue notices? <br /></font></h3>To
schedule overdue notices, you must use Koha's 'Notice/Status Trigger'
tool. <br /><ul><li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt; Tools &gt; Overdue
notice/status triggers</li></ul><h3 id="nf1q667"><font size="2"
id="nf1q668">Where else do I use notices?</font></h3>In addition to
ODUE ('Overdue Notice'), there are two other notices that come
pre-defined in Koha:<br /><ul><li>ACQCLAIM (Acquisition Claim): Used
in the claimacquisition module<ul><li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt;
Acquisitions &gt; Late issues</li></ul></li></ul><ul><li>RLIST
(Routing List): Used in the serials module<ul><li><em>Get there:</em>
More &gt; Serials &gt; New Subscription</li><li>You have the option to
select the 'Routing List' notice when creating a new subscription
(Choose from dropdown 'Patron notification'). <br /><ul><li><span
style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: Notice also that if you'd like
to notify patrons of new serial issues, you can click on 'define a
notice' which will take you to the 'Notices'
tool</span></li></ul></li></ul></li></ul>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Notices</h1>
+
+<p>Notices are messages sent to patrons, vendors and staff to notify
them at key times.</p>
+<h2>Add a new notice</h2>
+		<ul>
+			<li>Click 'New Notice'</li>
+			<li>Choose a 'Koha Module' to associate your notice with from the
dropdown box</li>
+			<li>Enter a 'Code' abbreviation for your new notice (for example:
'ODUE' for Overdue Notice)</li>
+			<li>Enter a 'Name' for your new notice (for example 'Overdue Notice')</li>
+			<li>Enter a 'Message Subject' (for example 'Item Overdue')</li>
+			<li>Design your 'Message Body'</li>
+		</ul>
+		<ul>
+			<li>
+			<ul>
+				<li>Choose a field from the scroll down menu on the left side
+				<ul>
+					<li>
+				    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: For help with what each field is, see the Notices: Database
Fields section of this manual</span></li>
+				</ul></li>
+				<li>Click the '&gt;&gt;' button to insert that field into your
text message where you'd like it to appear in the notice.</li>
+				<li>Continue adding 'field's and clicking '&gt;&gt;' to insert
them into the notice until your message is completed.</li>
+				<li>Then, click 'Submit'</li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>
+		    <span style="color: #ff0000">
+IMPORTANT: Currently, Koha can not reference multiple biblios in a
single notice (in other words--in the example below-- there is not
just ONE email sent that describes ALL currently overdue items, but an
email sent for EACH overdue item) </span></li>
+		</ul><h3>	
+	   How do I schedule overdue notices?</h3>To schedule overdue
notices, you must use Koha's 'Notice/Status Trigger' tool.<br/>
+		<ul>
+			<li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt; Tools &gt; Overdue notice/status
triggers</li>
+		</ul><h3>	
+	   Where else do I use notices?</h3>In addition to ODUE ('Overdue
Notice'), there are two other notices that come pre-defined in
Koha:<br/>
+		<ul>
+			<li>ACQCLAIM (Acquisition Claim): Used in the claimacquisition module
+			<ul>
+				<li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt; Acquisitions &gt; Late issues</li>
+			</ul></li>
+		</ul>
+		<ul>
+			<li>RLIST (Routing List): Used in the serials module
+			<ul>
+				<li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt; Serials &gt; New Subscription</li>
+				<li>You have the option to select the 'Routing List' notice when
creating a new subscription (Choose from dropdown 'Patron
notification').<br/>
+				<ul>
+					<li>
+				    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: Notice also that if you'd like to notify patrons of new serial
issues, you can click on 'define a notice' which will take you to the
'Notices' tool</span></li>
+				</ul></li>
+			</ul></li>
+		</ul>
+	</div>	<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/overduerules.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/overduerules.tmpl
index ea64567..fbed0ef 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/overduerules.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/overduerules.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,63 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h1 id="d940"><font size="5" id="i6i7">Overdue 'Notice/Status
Triggers'<br /></font></h1>This tool lets you define triggers for
overdue notices. You can send a borrower up to three notices and also
tell Koha how many days should pass between the day a book was due and
the sending of each of these notices. Koha lets you define a different
notice schedule for each branch, and different schedules for each
patron type you've defined within those branches. Finally you can set
a notice to trigger a 'debar' on the borrower's account during any of
the three triggers.<br /><br /><ul><li>Go to the 'Tools' module
(usually under 'More' in your Global Nav)</li><li>Choose 'Overdue
notice/status triggers'</li><li>'Select a library' to define an
overdue schedule for</li><li><font style="color: #ff0000" id="y.iz"
color="#cc0000"><span style="color: #000000; background-color:
#ffe599">TIP: If you would like to define one overdue schedule for ALL
branches at once, select 'Default'. This will apply the schedule you
define to all the branches in your
system</span></font></li></ul><ul><li>For each patron type (left most
column), enter a number under the columns labeled 'Delay'. The number
you enter represents DAYS. <br /><ul><li>Each number you enter
indicates the days after an issue is due before an action is
triggered.</li></ul></li><li>For each 'Delay' you choose a notice type
(or 'letter') that will go to the borrower. <br /><ul><li><span
style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: You will need to set up your
library's notices to populate this pull down</span><br
/><ul><li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt; Tools &gt;
Notices</li></ul></li></ul></li></ul><ul><li>When you are finished,
click 'Save changes'</li></ul><font size="4" id="f8lt0"></font><h3
id="ubpq3"><font size="2" id="m_kg">Help! I've gotten an error
message!</font></h3>If the numbers you've entered in a give row
beneath the 'delay' columns are logically inconsistent, Koha will give
you an alert, and explain the inconsistency.<br /><div id="aq5q"
style="padding: 1em 0pt; text-align: left"><h3 id="l3li"><font
size="2" id="ea:b">What happens if I leave the row for an patron type
blank? (ie, no 'delays' have been defined)</font></h3>If you want Koha
to trigger an action (send a letter or debar member), a delay value is
required. No delays means no actions will be performed.<br /><h3
id="s7_5"><font size="2" id="ihjs">Where do I define overdue
schedules? (ie, how many days pass before an item becomes
'overdue')</font></h3>When an item becomes overdue (ie, duration of
checkout) is defined in Koha's 'Administration' module:<br />
<ul><li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt; Administration &gt; Circulation
Rules (under 'Patrons and Circulation')</li></ul> <h3 id="l8xr"><font
size="2" id="guz_">Where do I define fines? <br /></font></h3>
<ul><li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt; Administration &gt; Fines Rules
(under 'Patrons and Circulation')</li></ul>  <h3 id="wdmc"><font
size="2" id="q6xk">What type of notice gets sent when a 'trigger'
occurs in the 'Notice/Status Triggers' module? Email? Printed
Notice?<br /></font></h3>Koha handles overdue notices in one of two
automated ways: by email or by printed labels.<br /><br />If a
borrower has an email defined in their patron account, overdue notices
automatically get sent to the patron's email account according to the
schedule defined in the 'Notice/Status Triggers' Tool.<br /><br
/><span style="background-color: #ffe599">TIP: Patrons can alter their
notification setting using the Messaging tool on their
account.</span><br /><br />Borrowers that have no email defined will
have their notices sent via email to the library for printing.&nbsp;
The email is sent to the branch admin email, or failing that to the
address set in the system preference as the 'KohaAdminEmailAddress'.
This email is generated by the misc/cronjobs/overdue_notices.pl cron
job.&nbsp; Contact your system administrator for help with this
setting.<br /><br /><font id="fb.j" color="#ff0000">IMPORTANT: The
email notice report that is compiled and sent to the admin (for
borrowers with no email in Koha) rely on the 'delays' to determine
when/how often that email gets sent as well. </font><br /></div><h3
id="kyt7"><font id="nw.r"><font size="2" id="kyt70">Where are notices
defined? (ie, what information will appear in the
notice)</font></font></h3><ul><li><em>Get there: </em>More &gt; Tools
&gt; Notices</li></ul>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Overdue 'Notice/Status Triggers'</h1>
+
+<p>This tool lets you define triggers for overdue notices. You can
send a borrower up to three notices and also tell Koha how many days
should pass between the day a book was due and the sending of each of
these notices. Koha lets you define a different notice schedule for
each branch, and different schedules for each patron type you've
defined within those branches. Finally you can set a notice to trigger
a 'debar' on the borrower's account during any of the three
triggers.</p>
+
+		<ul>
+			<li>Go to the 'Tools' module (usually under 'More' in your Global Nav)</li>
+			<li>Choose 'Overdue notice/status triggers'</li>
+			<li>'Select a library' to define an overdue schedule for</li>
+			<li>
+		    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: If you would like to define one overdue schedule for ALL
branches at once, select 'Default'. This will apply the schedule you
define to all the branches in your system</span></li>
+		</ul>
+		<ul>
+			<li>For each patron type (left most column), enter a number under
the columns labeled 'Delay'. The number you enter represents
DAYS.<br/>
+			<ul>
+				<li>Each number you enter indicates the days after an issue is
due before an action is triggered.</li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>For each 'Delay' you choose a notice type (or 'letter') that
will go to the borrower.<br/>
+			<ul>
+				<li>
+			    <span style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: You will need to set up your library's notices to populate this
pull down</span><br/>
+				<ul>
+					<li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt; Tools &gt; Notices</li>
+				</ul></li>
+			</ul></li>
+		</ul>
+		<ul>
+			<li>When you are finished, click 'Save changes'</li>
+		</ul>	
+	   <h3>Help! I've gotten an error message!</h3>
+	
+	   <p>If the numbers you've entered in a give row beneath the
'delay' columns are logically inconsistent, Koha will give you an
alert, and explain the inconsistency.</p>
+<h3>What happens if I leave the row for an patron type blank? (ie, no
'delays' have been defined)</h3>
+
+<p>If you want Koha to trigger an action (send a letter or debar
member), a delay value is required. No delays means no actions will be
performed.</p>
+<h3>Where do I define overdue schedules? (ie, how many days pass
before an item becomes 'overdue')</h3>
+
+<p>When an item becomes overdue (ie, duration of checkout) is defined
in Koha's 'Administration' module:</p>
+			<ul>
+				<li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt; Administration &gt; Circulation
Rules (under 'Patrons and Circulation')</li>
+			</ul>
+<h3>Where do I define fines?</h3>
+			<ul>
+				<li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt; Administration &gt; Fines Rules
(under 'Patrons and Circulation')</li>
+			</ul>
+<h3>What type of notice gets sent when a 'trigger' occurs in the
'Notice/Status Triggers' module? Email? Printed Notice?</h3>
+<p>Koha handles overdue notices in one of two automated ways: by
email or by printed labels.
+If a borrower has an email defined in their patron account, overdue
notices automatically get sent to the patron's email account according
to the schedule defined in the 'Notice/Status Triggers' Tool.</p>
+
+		    <p style="background-color: #ffe599">
+TIP: Patrons can alter their notification setting using the Messaging
tool on their account.</p>
+<p>Borrowers that have no email defined will have their notices sent
via email to the library for printing.  The email is sent to the
branch admin email, or failing that to the address set in the system
preference as the 'KohaAdminEmailAddress'. This email is generated by
the misc/cronjobs/overdue_notices.pl cron job.  Contact your system
administrator for help with this setting.</p>
+		
+		   <p><strong>IMPORTANT:</strong> The email notice report that is
compiled and sent to the admin (for borrowers with no email in Koha)
rely on the 'delays' to determine when/how often that email gets sent
as well.</p>
+
+<h3>Where are notices defined? (ie, what information will appear in
the notice)</h3>
+		<ul>
+			<li><em>Get there: </em>More &gt; Tools &gt; Notices</li>
+		</ul>
+	</div>	<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/picture-upload.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/picture-upload.tmpl
index 6916593..0855fac 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/picture-upload.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/picture-upload.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,53 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-
                             <h1 id="hc1v"><font size="5"
id="wi2o"><font size="4" id="gotr">Upload Patron
Images</font></font></h1>This tool allows you to upload multiple
patron images as a batch.<br /><br /><font id="hh140"
color="#ff0000">IMPORTANT: Requires that the 'patronimages' system
preference is set to 'ON' to use this feature.</font><br
/><ul><li><em>Get there: </em>More &gt; Administration &gt; Global
System Preferences &gt; Patrons &gt; patronimages</li></ul><br
/><h2>Upload images in bulk</h2><ul><li>Go to the 'Tools' module
(usually under 'More' in your Global Nav)</li><li>Choose 'Upload
patron images' </li><li>You can choose to upload images in bulk by
making a zip file with the images and a text file entitled
&quot;DATALINK.TXT&quot; or &quot;IDLINK.TXT&quot;</li><li>For each
group of pictures that has the cardnumber of the patron and the file
containing that patrons picture. One patron per line separated by
either commas or tabs. <br /><ul><li style="background-color:
#ffffff"><font id="ux6f" color="#ff0000">IMPORTANT: Make sure that
your TXT file is a plain text document, not RTF.</font></li><li><font
id="sm7j" color="#ff0000"><span style="background-color:
#ffffff">IMPORTANT: Make sure that you use either a comma or a tab to
separate IDs from image names</span></font></li></ul></li><li>Add the
images and the TXT file to a .ZIP file</li><li>Browse for the file
from the Koha interface</li><li>Click 'Unpack' and you will receive a
confirmation screen</li><li>To see the image(s) you imported search
for the patron(s) and view their profile</li><li>If you'd like to
change the image, just upload a new image</li><li>If you'd like to
delete the patron image, click the 'Delete' button under 'Manage
Patron Image'</li></ul><br /><font size="4"
id="zr_8"><strong>Uploading Single Images</strong></font><br /><br
/>If you only have one patron image you might want to upload it via
the patron information page instead of using this bulk tool.<br /><br
/><ul><li>Go to the Patrons menu at the top of the staff
client</li><li>Search for the patron you have the image for</li><li>If
there is more than one result, click on the name of the patron you'd
like to add an image to</li><li>Scroll down to the image upload
form</li><li>Browse for the image on your computer and click
'Upload'</li><li>If you'd like to change the image, just upload a new
image</li><li>If you'd like to delete the patron image, click the
'Delete' button under 'Manage Patron Image'</li></ul><strong><br /><br
/><br />Why can't I upload patron images?</strong><br /><br />First
you will need <span class="ex">a patronimages/</span> directory.&nbsp;
If you do not have this directory you will see an error.<br /><div
id="brc:" style="padding: 1em 0pt; text-align: left"><ul><li>Contact
your system administrator to create this directory and you'll be set
to go.</li></ul><br /><strong>What size should my images
be?</strong><br /><br />There is a limit of 100K on the size of the
picture uploaded and it is recommended that the image be 120x200
pixels, but smaller images will work as well.<br /><br /><strong>What
image formats are supported?</strong><br /><br />Only PNG, GIF, JPEG,
XPM formats are supported.i<br />
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>	
+	   Upload Patron Images</h1><p>This tool allows you to upload
multiple patron images as a batch.</p>
+	
+	   <p><strong>IMPORTANT:</strong> Requires that the 'patronimages'
system preference is set to 'ON' to use this feature.</p>
+		<ul>
+			<li><em>Get there: </em>More &gt; Administration &gt; Global
System Preferences &gt; Patrons &gt; patronimages</li>
+		</ul><h2>Upload images in bulk</h2>
+		<ul>
+			<li>Go to the 'Tools' module (usually under 'More' in your Global Nav)</li>
+			<li>Choose 'Upload patron images'</li>
+			<li>You can choose to upload images in bulk by making a zip file
with the images and a text file entitled &quot;DATALINK.TXT&quot; or
&quot;IDLINK.TXT&quot;</li>
+			<li>For each group of pictures that has the cardnumber of the
patron and the file containing that patrons picture. One patron per
line separated by either commas or tabs.<br/>
+			<ul>
+				<li>			
+			   IMPORTANT: Make sure that your TXT file is a plain text
document, not RTF.</li>
+				<li>			
+			
+			    <span>
+IMPORTANT: Make sure that you use either a comma or a tab to separate
IDs from image names</span></li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>Add the images and the TXT file to a .ZIP file</li>
+			<li>Browse for the file from the Koha interface</li>
+			<li>Click 'Unpack' and you will receive a confirmation screen</li>
+			<li>To see the image(s) you imported search for the patron(s) and
view their profile</li>
+			<li>If you'd like to change the image, just upload a new image</li>
+			<li>If you'd like to delete the patron image, click the 'Delete'
button under 'Manage Patron Image'</li>
+		</ul>	
+	   <p><strong>Uploading Single Images</strong>
+If you only have one patron image you might want to upload it via the
patron information page instead of using this bulk tool.</p>
+
+		<ul>
+			<li>Go to the Patrons menu at the top of the staff client</li>
+			<li>Search for the patron you have the image for</li>
+			<li>If there is more than one result, click on the name of the
patron you'd like to add an image to</li>
+			<li>Scroll down to the image upload form</li>
+			<li>Browse for the image on your computer and click 'Upload'</li>
+			<li>If you'd like to change the image, just upload a new image</li>
+			<li>If you'd like to delete the patron image, click the 'Delete'
button under 'Manage Patron Image'</li>
+		</ul><h3>Why can't I upload patron images?</h3>
+<p>First you will need
+	    <span class="ex">
+a patronimages/</span>directory.  If you do not have this directory
you will see an error.</p>
+			<ul>
+				<li>Contact your system administrator to create this directory
and you'll be set to go.</li>
+			</ul>
+<h3>What size should my images be?</h3>
+<p>There is a limit of 100K on the size of the picture uploaded and
it is recommended that the image be 120x200 pixels, but smaller images
will work as well.</p>
+<h3>What image formats are supported?</h3>
+<p>Only PNG, GIF, JPEG, XPM formats are supported.</p>
+	
+<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/stage-marc-import.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/stage-marc-import.tmpl
index ed150c7..7860f17 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/stage-marc-import.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/stage-marc-import.tmpl
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->

 <h1>MARC Import</h1>
+
 <p>This is one of the screens you will see frequently if you are
starting from scratch.</p>

 <p>It is useful to import a bunch of ISO 2709 biblios that can be
used later for a quick cataloguing</p>
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/tools-home.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/tools-home.tmpl
index 914ffed..4dea417 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/tools-home.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/tools-home.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,8 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">This is the Tools Page.</div><div
class="main">&nbsp;</div><div class="main">Many of the subsidiary
modules live here.</div><div class="main">&nbsp;</div><div
class="main">To move forward, select the relevant task by clicking on
the blue underlined text.</div><div class="main">&nbsp;</div><div
class="main">Specialised help will be available after that
point.&nbsp;</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+		<p>This is the Tools Page.</p>
+		
+		<p>Many of the subsidiary modules live here.</p>
+		
+		<p>To move forward, select the relevant task by clicking on the
blue underlined text.</p>
+		
+		<p>Specialised help will be available after that point.</p> 	<!--
TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/viewlog.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/viewlog.tmpl
index b94f8f1..09c5926 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/viewlog.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/tools/viewlog.tmpl
@@ -1,5 +1,18 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<div class="main">
-<h1 id="sfz16"><font size="5" id="sfz17">Log View<br
/></font></h1><ul><li>The log viewer will show you what actions are
being taking in your ILS during a set time period</li><li>Choose the
start and end date you'd like to see and click 'Go' to see the results
on your screen</li><li>You also have the option of exporting this data
to use in a different format just by choosing to export to an
application.<ul><li>This will result in a comma separated value (csv)
file.</li></ul></li><li>You can also choose to filter what you see by
any of the fields visible.</li></ul><br /><br /><strong>Why aren't my
cataloging actions being logged?</strong><br /><br />You may not have
the 'Logs' system preference turned on<br /> <ul><li><em>Get
there:</em> More &gt; Administration &gt; Global System Preferences
&gt; Logs</li></ul>
-</div>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Log View</h1>
+		<ul>
+			<li>The log viewer will show you what actions are being taking in
your ILS during a set time period</li>
+			<li>Choose the start and end date you'd like to see and click 'Go'
to see the results on your screen</li>
+			<li>You also have the option of exporting this data to use in a
different format just by choosing to export to an application.
+			<ul>
+				<li>This will result in a comma separated value (csv) file.</li>
+			</ul></li>
+			<li>You can also choose to filter what you see by any of the
fields visible.</li>
+		</ul>
+<p><strong>Why aren't my cataloging actions being logged?</strong>
+You may not have the 'Logs' system preference turned on</p>
+		<ul>
+			<li><em>Get there:</em> More &gt; Administration &gt; Global
System Preferences &gt; Logs</li>
+		</ul>
+	</div>	<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/virtualshelves/shelves.tmpl
b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/virtualshelves/shelves.tmpl
index 612350d..e01a7b5 100644
--- a/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/virtualshelves/shelves.tmpl
+++ b/koha-tmpl/intranet-tmpl/prog/en/modules/help/virtualshelves/shelves.tmpl
@@ -1,3 +1,25 @@
 <!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-top.inc" -->
-<h2><a id="qwhat_are_virtual_shelves"
name="qwhat_are_virtual_shelves"
title="qwhat_are_virtual_shelves"></a>Q: What are &quot;Lists&quot;?
</h2>  <p> Lists are editable, permanent book lists. If the
'virtualshelves' Systems Preference has been enabled, both staff and
patrons may create Lists. An item included on a List is directly
linked to that item&rsquo;s bibliographic record in the Online
Catalog. Clicking on the item will take you directly the the
item&rsquo;s &ldquo;Details Screen&rdquo; and allow you to check for
availability, find the item&rsquo;s location or reserve the item. </p>
   <h4><a id="importantpatrons_must_be_logged_in_to_their_account_online_to_create_and_edit_shelves"
name="importantpatrons_must_be_logged_in_to_their_account_online_to_create_and_edit_shelves"
title="importantpatrons_must_be_logged_in_to_their_account_online_to_create_and_edit_shelves"></a><strong>IMPORTANT:
Patrons must be logged in to their account online to create and edit
lists. </strong></h4>    <h4><a
id="tipwhy_staff_might_use_virtual_shelves"
name="tipwhy_staff_might_use_virtual_shelves"
title="tipwhy_staff_might_use_virtual_shelves"></a>TIP: Why staff
might use Lists </h4>  <p> Lists are a great tool for Reader&rsquo;s
Advisory. Staff can use Lists to create a variety of reading lists for
patrons (for example, according to age and reading level, or on
specific topics). </p>    <h4><a
id="tipwhy_educators_might_use_virtual_shelves"
name="tipwhy_educators_might_use_virtual_shelves"
title="tipwhy_educators_might_use_virtual_shelves"></a>TIP: Why
educators might use Lists </h4>  <p> Lists can be used by professors
to create a bibliography/reading list for class assignments. Clicking
on an item in a List connects directly to the details page of that
item in the Online Catalog. Students can easily see where the item is
in the library and whether or not ist is available for checking out.
</p>    <h2><a id="qwhat_types_of_virtual_shelves_are_there"
name="qwhat_types_of_virtual_shelves_are_there"
title="qwhat_types_of_virtual_shelves_are_there"></a>Q: What types of
&quot;Lists&quot; are there? </h2>  <p>Koha supports two types of
Lists: </p> <ul><li> Public Lists: Anyone may view a public list, but
only the person who created it may edit it. </li><li> Private Lists:
Only the person who created the list may view and edit it. </li></ul>
  <h4><a id="tippatron_uses_for_virtual_shelves"
name="tippatron_uses_for_virtual_shelves"
title="tippatron_uses_for_virtual_shelves"></a>TIP: Patron uses for
Lists </h4>  <p>Patrons can use Lists to share their reading
favorites/ preferences with other patrons by creating one or more
&ldquo;Public Lists&rdquo;. By creating &ldquo;Private Lists&rdquo;,
patrons can keep lists of what they&rsquo;ve read, or what they want
to read for research or recreation. </p>    <h2><a
id="qhow_do_i_create_a_new_virtual_shelf_from_the_staff_intranet"
name="qhow_do_i_create_a_new_virtual_shelf_from_the_staff_intranet"
title="qhow_do_i_create_a_new_virtual_shelf_from_the_staff_intranet"></a>Q:
How do I create a new &quot;List&quot; from the Staff Intranet? </h2>
<p> To create a new List:  </p> <ol><li> Click on &ldquo;Lists&rdquo;
(You should see a list of shelves that have already been created)
</li><li>Click 'New List'</li><li>Name your list</li><li> Choose a
&ldquo;Category&rdquo; (&rdquo;Public&rdquo; or &ldquo;Private&rdquo;)
</li><li> Click 'Save'</li></ol>
-<!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
+
+<h1>Lists</h1>
+
+<h2>Q: What are &quot;Lists&quot;?</h2>
+<p>Lists are editable, permanent book lists. If the 'virtualshelves'
Systems Preference has been enabled, both staff and patrons may create
Lists. An item included on a List is directly linked to that
item&rsquo;s bibliographic record in the Online Catalog. Clicking on
the item will take you directly the the item&rsquo;s &ldquo;Details
Screen&rdquo; and allow you to check for availability, find the
item&rsquo;s location or reserve the item.</p>
+
+<p><strong>IMPORTANT:</strong> Patrons must be logged in to their
account online to create and edit lists. </p>
+<h4>TIP: Why staff might use Lists </h4>
+<p>Lists are a great tool for Reader&rsquo;s Advisory. Staff can use
Lists to create a variety of reading lists for patrons (for example,
according to age and reading level, or on specific
topics).</p><h4>TIP: Why educators might use Lists </h4>
+<p>Lists can be used by professors to create a bibliography/reading
list for class assignments. Clicking on an item in a List connects
directly to the details page of that item in the Online Catalog.
Students can easily see where the item is in the library and whether
or not ist is available for checking out.</p><h2>Q: What types of
&quot;Lists&quot; are there?</h2>
+<p>Koha supports two types of Lists:</p>
+	<ul>
+		<li>Public Lists: Anyone may view a public list, but only the
person who created it may edit it.</li>
+		<li>Private Lists: Only the person who created the list may view
and edit it.</li>
+	</ul><h4>TIP: Patron uses for Lists </h4>
+<p>Patrons can use Lists to share their reading favorites/
preferences with other patrons by creating one or more &ldquo;Public
Lists&rdquo;. By creating &ldquo;Private Lists&rdquo;, patrons can
keep lists of what they&rsquo;ve read, or what they want to read for
research or recreation.</p><h2>Q: How do I create a new
&quot;List&quot; from the Staff Intranet?</h2>
+<p>To create a new List:</p>
+	<ol>
+		<li>Click on &ldquo;Lists&rdquo;  (You should see a list of shelves
that have already been created)</li>
+		<li>Click 'New List'</li>
+		<li>Name your list</li>
+		<li>Choose a &ldquo;Category&rdquo; (&rdquo;Public&rdquo; or
&ldquo;Private&rdquo;)</li>
+		<li>Click 'Save'</li>
+	</ol><!-- TMPL_INCLUDE NAME="help-bottom.inc" -->
\ No newline at end of file
-- 
1.5.5.GIT
-------------- next part --------------
A non-text attachment was scrubbed...
Name: 0002-Complete-sweep-of-help-files-in-order-to-correct-inv.patch
Type: application/octet-stream
Size: 306180 bytes
Desc: not available
URL: </pipermail/koha-patches/attachments/20080801/16c46fb3/attachment-0002.obj>


More information about the Koha-patches mailing list